edexcel btec level 2 certificate in construction … btec level 2 certificate in construction plant...

Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Construction Plant Operations (QCF)

Specification

BTEC specialist qualification First teaching January 2012

Edexcel, a Pearson company, is the UK's largest awarding body offering academic and vocational qualifications and testing to schools, colleges, employers and other places of learning in the UK and internationally. Qualifications include GCSE, AS and A Level, NVQ and our BTEC suite of vocational qualifications from entry level to BTEC Higher National Diplomas. Edexcel and BTEC qualifications are administered by Pearson Education Ltd.

Through initiatives such as onscreen marking and administration, Edexcel is leading the way in using technology to modernise educational assessment and support teachers and learners.

References to third party material made in this specification are made in good faith. Edexcel does not endorse, approve or accept responsibility for the content of materials, which may be subject to change, or any opinions expressed therein. (Material may include textbooks, journals, magazines and other publications and websites.)

All information in this specification is correct at time of going to publication.

Authorised by Martin Stretton Prepared by John Crew

Publications Code BA030035

All the material in this publication is copyright © Pearson Education Limited 2012

Contents

1 Introducing BTEC Specialist qualifications 1

What are BTEC Specialist qualifications? 1

2 Qualification summary and key information 2

QCF qualification title and Qualification Number 3

Objective of the qualification 3

Apprenticeships 3

Progression opportunities through Edexcel qualifications 4

Industry support and recognition 4

Relationship with National Occupational Standards 4

3 Centre resource requirements 5

General resource requirements 5

Specific resource requirements 5

4 Qualification structure 6

Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Construction Plant Operations (QCF) 6

5 Assessment 9

6 Recognising prior learning and achievement 10

Recognition of Prior Learning 10

Credit transfer 10

7 Quality assurance of centres 11

8 Programme delivery 12

9 Access and recruitment 13

10 Access to qualifications for learners with disabilities or specific needs 14

11 Units 15

Unit title 15

Unit reference number 15

QCF level 15

Credit value 15

Guided learning hours 15

Unit aim 15

Learning outcomes 15

Assessment criteria 15

Unit amplification 16

Unit 1: Site Safety and Roles and Responsibilities for Plant Operators 17

Unit 2: Sustainability in the Construction Industry 23

Unit 3: Operating a Forward Tipping Dumper 27

Unit 4: Operating an Excavator 180o – Below 5 Tonnes 30

Unit 5: Operating an Excavator 180o – Above 5 Tonnes 34

Unit 6: Operating a Ride-on Roller 38

Unit 7: Operating an Excavator 360o – Below 10 Tonnes 41

Unit 8: Operating an Excavator 360o – Above 10 Tonnes 45

Unit 9: Operating a Skid Steer Loader 49

Unit 10: Operating a Skip Handler 52

Unit 11: Operating a Dump Truck – Rigid Chassis 56

Unit 12: Operating a Dump Truck – Articulated Chassis 59

Unit 13: Operating a Rough Terrain Forklift 62

Unit 14: Operating a Telescopic Handler 65

Unit 15: Operating a Hoist 69

Unit 16: Operating a Mobile Elevating Work Platform – Scissor 72

Unit 17: Operating a Mobile Elevating Work Platform – Boom 75

Unit 18: Operating a Concrete Pump – Trailer Mounted 78

Unit 19: Operating a Grader 81

Unit 20: Operating a Wheeled Loading Shovel 84

Unit 21: Operating a Crawler-Tractor/Dozer 87

Unit 22: Operating a Concrete Pump – Truck-mounted Boom 90

Unit 23: Operating a Tracked Loading Shovel 94

Unit 24: Operating a Motorised Scraper 97

Unit 25: Operating a Crawler-Tractor – Side Boom 100

Unit 26: Operating a Trencher 104

Unit 27: Operating a Crawler Crane 107

Unit 28: Operating a Tower Crane 111

Unit 29: Operating a Lorry Loader 115

Unit 30: Performing Slinger/Signaller Duties 119

Unit 31: Operating a Mobile Crane 123

Unit 32: Operating a Pedestrian Operated Tower Crane 128

Unit 33: Operating a Compact Crane 132

Unit 34: Operating a Crusher 136

Unit 35: Operating a Screener 140

Unit 36: Operating a Dragline 144

Unit 37: Operating a Piling Rig – Tripod 147

Unit 38: Operating a Piling Rig – Driven Below 15 Tonnes 150

Unit 39: Operating a Piling Rig – Driven Above 15 Tonnes 153

Unit 40: Operating a Piling Rig – Bored Below 15 Tonnes 156

Unit 41: Operating a Piling Rig – Bored Above 15 Tonnes 159

Unit 42: Operating an Agricultural Tractor 162

Unit 43: Operating an Industrial Forklift Truck 166

Unit 44: Operating a Reach Truck 169

Unit 45: Operating a Transporter Loader/Securer STGO 173

Unit 46: Operating a Transporter Loader/Securer non-STGO 177

Unit 47: Operating a Loader Compressor 181

Unit 48: Operating a Soil/ Landfill Compactor 185

12 Further information and useful publications 188

13 Professional development and training 189

Annexe A 190

Progression opportunities 190

Purpose of this specification

This specification sets out:

the qualification’s objective

any other qualification which a learner must have completed before taking the qualification

any prior knowledge, skills or understanding which the learner is required to have before taking the qualification

units which a learner must have completed before the qualification will be awarded and any optional routes

any other requirements which a learner must have satisfied before the learner will be assessed or before the qualification will be awarded

the knowledge, skills and understanding which will be assessed as part of the qualification (giving a clear indication of their coverage and depth)

the method of any assessment and any associated requirements relating to it

the criteria against which the learner’s level of attainment will be measured (such as assessment criteria)

any specimen materials

any specified levels of attainment.

BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012

1

1 Introducing BTEC Specialist qualifications

What are BTEC Specialist qualifications?

BTEC Specialist qualifications are qualifications from Entry to level 3 on the Qualifications and Credit Framework (QCF). They are work-related qualifications and are available in a range of sectors. They give learners the knowledge, understanding and skills they need to prepare for employment. They also provide career development opportunities for those already in work. These qualifications may be full time or part time courses in schools or colleges. Training centres and employers may also offer these qualifications.

Some BTEC Specialist qualifications are knowledge components in Apprenticeship Frameworks (previously known as ‘Technical Certificates’).

There are three sizes of BTEC Specialist qualification in the QCF:

Award (1 to 12 credits)

Certificate (13 to 36 credits)

Diploma (37 credits and above).

Every unit and qualification in the QCF has a credit value.

The credit value of a unit is based on:

one credit for every 10 hours of learning time

learning time – defined as the time taken by learners at the level of the unit, on average, to complete the learning outcomes to the standard determined by the assessment criteria.


2

2 Qualification summary and key information

Qualification title Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Construction Plant Operations (QCF)

QCF Qualification Number (QN) 600/4084/1

Qualification framework Qualifications and Credit Framework (QCF)

Date registrations can be made 01/01/2012

Age range that the qualification is approved for

16–18

18+

19+

Credit value 30

Assessment Centre-devised assessment (internal assessment)

Guided learning hours 180

Grading information The qualification and units are at pass grade.

Entry requirements No prior knowledge, understanding, skills or qualifications are required before learners register for this qualification. However, centres must follow the Edexcel Access and Recruitment policy (see Section 9, Access and Recruitment).


3

QCF qualification title and Qualification Number

Centres will need to use the QCF Qualification Number (QN) when they seek public funding for their learners. As well as a QN, each unit within a qualification has a QCF unit reference number (URN).

The qualification title, QN and URNs are on learners’ final certification documentation. Learners need to know this information when they are recruited by the centre and registered with Edexcel. Further information about certification is in the Edexcel Information Manual on our website, www.edexcel.com/iwantto/ Pages/info-manual.aspx.

Objective of the qualification

The Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Construction Plant Operations (QCF) is for learners who work in, or want to work in, the construction industry.

It gives them the opportunity to:

engage in learning that is relevant to them and which will give them opportunities to develop a range of skills and techniques, personal skills and attributes essential for successful performance in working life

achieve a nationally recognised level 2 vocationally-related qualification

progress to employment in a particular vocational sector

progress to related vocational qualifications.

Apprenticeships

ConstructionSkills approve the Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Construction Plant Operations (QCF) as a knowledge component for the Intermediate Apprenticeship in Construction.


4

Progression opportunities through Edexcel qualifications

Learners who have achieved the Certificate can progress to a range of qualifications, including the Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Award, Extended Certificate and Diploma in Construction and the Built Environment, or to employment in the construction sector. See Annexe A for further information.

Industry support and recognition

This qualification is supported by ConstructionSkills, the SSC for the construction sector.

Relationship with National Occupational Standards

This qualification relates to the National Occupational Standards (NOS) for Plant Operations (Construction). The knowledge covered in all units of the Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Construction Plant Operations (QCF) can be partially mapped against the underpinning knowledge of the National Occupational Standards for Plant Operations (Construction).


5

3 Centre resource requirements

As part of the approval process, centres must make sure that the resource requirements below are in place before offering the qualification.

General resource requirements

Centres must have appropriate physical resources (for example equipment, IT, learning materials, teaching rooms) to support the delivery and assessment of the qualification.

Staff involved in the assessment process must have relevant expertise and occupational experience.

There must be systems in place to make sure that there is continuing professional development for staff delivering the qualification.

Centres must have appropriate health and safety policies in place relating to the use of equipment by learners.

Centres must deliver the qualifications in accordance with current equality legislation.

Specific resource requirements

As well as the general requirements above, centres must provide access to appropriate plant and work situations as specified within the individual units in the qualification.


6

4 Qualification structure

Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Construction Plant Operations (QCF)

The learner will need to meet the requirements outlined in the table below before Edexcel can award the qualification.

Minimum number of credits that must be achieved 30

Number of mandatory credits that must be achieved 15

Number of optional credits that must be achieved 15

Unit URN Mandatory units Level Credit GLH

1 L/503/6454 Site Safety and Roles and Responsibilities for Plant Operators

2 10 60

2 L/600/0063 Sustainability in the Construction Industry

2 5 30

Unit URN Optional units Level Credit GLH

3 M/503/6415 Operating a Forward Tipping Dumper

2 5 30

4 F/503/6449 Operating an Excavator 180o – Below 5 Tonnes

2 5 30

5 A/503/6448 Operating an Excavator 180o – Above 5 Tonnes

2 5 30

6 L/503/6423 Operating a Ride-on Roller 2 5 30

7 A/503/6451 Operating an Excavator 360o – Below 10 Tonnes

2 5 30

8 T/503/6450 Operating an Excavator 360o – Above 10 Tonnes

2 5 30

9 D/503/6426 Operating a Skid Steer Loader 2 5 30

10 Y/503/6425 Operating a Skip Handler 2 5 30

11 T/503/6416 Operating a Dump Truck – Rigid Chassis

2 5 30

12 T/503/6433 Operating a Dump Truck – Articulated Chassis

2 5 30

13 L/503/6440 Operating a Rough Terrain Forklift 2 5 30

14 D/503/6443 Operating a Telescopic Handler 2 5 30

15 J/503/6419 Operating a Hoist 2 5 30


7


16 F/503/6421 Operating a Mobile Elevating Work Platform – Scissor

2 5 30

17 J/503/6436 Operating a Mobile Elevating Work Platform – Boom

2 5 30

18 D/503/6412 Operating a Concrete Pump – Trailer Mounted

2 5 30

19 A/503/6434 Operating a Grader 2 5 30

20 K/503/6428 Operating a Wheeled Loading Shovel

2 5 30

21 K/503/6431 Operating a Crawler-Tractor/Dozer

2 5 30

22 Y/503/6411 Operating a Concrete Pump – Truck-mounted Boom

2 5 30

23 H/503/6458 Operating a Tracked Loading Shovel

2 5 30

24 A/503/6420 Operating a Motorised Scraper 2 5 30

25 H/503/6430 Operating a Crawler-Tractor – Side Boom

2 5 30

26 M/503/6446 Operating a Trencher 2 5 30

27 K/503/6414 Operating a Crawler Crane 2 5 30

28 H/503/6427 Operating a Tower Crane 2 10 60

29 F/503/6418 Operating a Lorry Loader 2 5 30

30 J/503/6453 Performing Slinger/Signaller Duties

2 5 30

31 F/503/6435 Operating a Mobile Crane 2 5 30

32 L/503/6437 Operating a Pedestrian Operated Tower Crane

2 5 30

33 M/503/6429 Operating a Compact Crane 2 5 30

34 H/503/6413 Operating a Crusher 2 5 30

35 R/503/6441 Operating a Screener 2 5 30

36 M/503/6432 Operating a Dragline 2 5 30

37 R/503/6455 Operating a Piling Rig – Tripod 2 5 30

38 Y/503/6439 Operating a Piling Rig – Driven Below 15 Tonnes

2 5 30

39 J/503/6422 Operating a Piling Rig – Driven Above 15 Tonnes

2 5 30

40 Y/503/6456 Operating a Piling Rig – Bored Below 15 Tonnes

2 5 30


8


41 R/503/6438 Operating a Piling Rig – Bored Above 15 Tonnes

2 5 30

42 T/503/6447 Operating an Agricultural Tractor 2 5 30

43 F/503/6452 Operating an Industrial Forklift Truck

2 5 30

44 R/503/6424 Operating a Reach Truck 2 5 30

45 K/503/6445 Operating a Transporter Loader/Securer STGO

2 5 30

46 H/503/6444 Operating a Transporter Loader/Securer non-STGO

2 5 30

47 A/503/6417 Operating a Loader Compressor 2 5 30

48 Y/503/6442 Operating a Soil/Landfill Compactor

2 5 30


9

5 Assessment

Centre-devised assessment is used for all units in this qualification.

Centre-devised assessment (internal assessment)

Each unit has specified learning outcomes and assessment criteria. To pass an internally assessed unit, learners must meet all the assessment criteria. Centres may find it helpful if learners index and reference their evidence to the relevant learning outcomes and assessment criteria.

Centres need to write assignment briefs for learners to show what evidence is required. Assignment briefs should indicate clearly which assessment criteria are being targeted.

Assignment briefs and evidence produced by learners must meet any additional requirements in the Information for tutors section of the unit.

Unless otherwise indicated within Information for tutors, the centre can decide what form assessment evidence will take (eg performance observation, presentations, projects, tests, extended writing) as long as the methods chosen allow learners to produce valid, sufficient and reliable evidence of meeting the assessment criteria.

Centres are encouraged to give learners realistic scenarios and maximise the use of practical activities in delivery and assessment.

To avoid over assessment, opportunities to link the delivery and assessment of units with other units should be taken.

Further guidance about internal assessment is given on our website. See Section 12 for details.


10

6 Recognising prior learning and achievement

Recognition of Prior Learning

Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) is a method of assessment (leading to the award of credit) that considers whether a learner can demonstrate that they can meet the assessment requirements for a unit through knowledge, understanding or skills they already possess and so do not need to develop through a course of learning.

Edexcel encourages centres to recognise learners’ previous achievements and experiences in and outside the workplace, as well as in the classroom. RPL provides a route for the recognition of the achievements resulting from continuous learning.

RPL enables recognition of achievement from a range of activities using any valid assessment methodology. If the assessment requirements of a given unit or qualification have been met, the use of RPL is acceptable for accrediting a unit, units or a whole qualification. Evidence of learning must be sufficient, reliable and valid.

Further guidance is available in the policy document Recognition of Prior Learning Policy, which is available on our website.

Credit transfer

Credit transfer describes the process of using a credit or credits awarded in the context of a different qualification or awarded by a different awarding organisation towards the achievement requirements of another qualification. All awarding organisations recognise the credits awarded by all other awarding organisations that operate within the QCF.

If learners achieve units with other awarding organisations, they do not need to retake any assessment for the same units. The centre must keep evidence of unit achievement.


11

7 Quality assurance of centres

Quality assurance is at the heart of vocational qualifications. The centre assesses BTEC qualifications. The centre will use quality assurance to make sure that their managers, internal verifiers and assessors are standardised and supported. Edexcel uses quality assurance to check that all centres are working to national standards. It gives us the opportunity to identify and provide support, if needed, to safeguard certification. It also allows us to recognise and support good practice.

For the qualifications in this specification, the Edexcel quality assurance model will follow one of the processes below.

1 Delivery of the qualification as part of a BTEC apprenticeship (single-click registration):

an annual visit by a Standards Verifier to review centre-wide quality assurance systems and sampling of internal verification and assessor decisions.

2 Delivery of the qualification outside the apprenticeship:

an annual visit to the centre by a Centre Quality Reviewer to review centre-wide quality assurance systems

Lead Internal Verifier accreditation. This involves online training and standardisation of Lead Internal Verifiers using our OSCA platform, accessed via Edexcel Online. Please note that not all qualifications will include Lead Internal Verifier accreditation. Where this is the case, we will allocate annually a Standards Verifier to conduct postal sampling of internal verification and assessor decisions for the Principal Subject Area.

For further details, please go to the UK BTEC Quality Assurance Handbook on our website: www.edexcel.com.

http://www.edexcel.com/quals/BTEC/quality/Pages/documents.aspx�

http://www.edexcel.com/�


12

8 Programme delivery

Centres are free to offer the qualifications using any mode of delivery (for example full time, part time, evening only, distance learning) that meets their learners’ needs. Whichever mode of delivery is used, centres must make sure that learners have access to the resources identified in the specification and to the subject specialists delivering the units.

Those planning the programme should aim to enhance the vocational nature of the qualification by:

liaising with employers to make sure a course is relevant to learners’ specific needs

accessing and using non-confidential data and documents from learners’ workplaces

developing up-to-date and relevant teaching materials that make use of scenarios that are relevant to the sector

giving learners the opportunity to apply their learning in practical activities

including sponsoring employers in the delivery of the programme and, where appropriate, in the assessment

making full use of the variety of experience of work and life that learners bring to the programme.

Where legislation is included in unit content, centres must ensure that only current legislation is taught.


13

9 Access and recruitment

Edexcel’s policy regarding access to our qualifications is that:

they should be available to everyone who is capable of reaching the required standards

they should be free from any barriers that restrict access and progression

there should be equal opportunities for all those wishing to access the qualifications.

Centres are required to recruit learners to BTEC Specialist qualifications with integrity.

Applicants will need relevant information and advice about the qualification to make sure it meets their needs.

Centres should review the applicant’s prior qualifications and/or experience, considering whether this profile shows that they have the potential to achieve the qualification.

For learners with disabilities and specific needs, this review will need to take account of the support available to the learner during teaching and assessment of the qualification. The review must take account of the information and guidance in Section 10, Access to qualifications for learners with disabilities or specific needs.


14

10 Access to qualifications for learners with disabilities or specific needs

Equality and fairness are central to our work. Edexcel’s Equality Policy requires all learners to have equal opportunity to access our qualifications and assessments and that our qualifications are awarded in a way that is fair to every learner.

We are committed to making sure that:

learners with a protected characteristic (as defined by the Equality Act 2010) are not, when they are undertaking one of our qualifications, disadvantaged in comparison to learners who do not share that characteristic

all learners achieve the recognition they deserve from undertaking a qualification and that this achievement can be compared fairly to the achievement of their peers.

Learners taking a qualification may be assessed in British sign language or Irish sign language where it is permitted for the purpose of reasonable adjustments.

Details on how to make adjustments for learners with protected characteristics are in the policy document Reasonable Adjustment and Special Considerations for BTEC and Edexcel NVQ Qualifications, which is on our website at: www.edexcel.com/ Policies/.


15

11 Units

Units have the following sections.

Unit title

The unit title is on the QCF and this form of words will appear on the learner’s Notification of Performance (NOP).

Unit reference number

Each unit is assigned a unit reference number that appears with the unit title on the Register of Regulated Qualifications.

QCF level

All units and qualifications within the QCF have a level assigned to them. There are 9 levels of achievement, from Entry to level 8. The QCF Level Descriptors inform the allocation of the level.

Credit value

When a learner achieves a unit, they gain the specified number of credits.

Guided learning hours

Guided learning hours are the times when a tutor, trainer or facilitator is present to give specific guidance towards the learning aim for a programme. This definition covers lectures, tutorials and supervised study in for example open learning centres and learning workshops. It also includes assessment by staff where learners are present. It does not include time spent by staff marking assignments or homework where the learner is not present.

Unit aim

This gives a summary of what the unit aims to do.

Learning outcomes

The learning outcomes of a unit set out what a learner knows, understands or is able to do as the result of a process of learning.

Assessment criteria

The assessment criteria specify the standard required by the learner to achieve the learning outcome.


16

Unit amplification

This section gives further clarification on what a learner needs to know to achieve a learning outcome. Information in brackets gives exemplification for specific areas of knowledge.


17

Unit 1: Site Safety and Roles and Responsibilities for Plant Operators

Unit reference number: L/503/6454

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 10

Guided learning hours: 60

Unit aim

This unit is specifically for plant operators, to help them develop knowledge and understanding of site safety issues and their roles and responsibilities. It also provides an opportunity to develop progressive career pathways.

The unit gives learners an understanding of individual job roles and responsibilities and helps them to examine and plan the typical career development of a plant operator by exploring various career paths and training opportunities.

Significant health and safety improvements are constantly being made in the construction industry. Construction operations are inherently dangerous and so it is essential that learners entering or already working in the construction industry understand health and safety issues and can carry out their work safely. Hazards in construction can come from plant, equipment and substances used, from the actual tasks carried out and from the way people perform these tasks. Appropriate training ensures that operators are competent to use plant and equipment safely.

This unit focuses on health and safety for plant operators. Learners will understand the importance of ensuring good standards of health and safety and will become familiar with important relevant legislation. They will learn how to identify hazards, minimise risks and how to deal with emergencies and accidents should these happen. The emphasis is on legislation and organisational procedures.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

18

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of

ow

n

role

as

a pla

nt

oper

ator

□

Ow

n job d

escr

iption

1.2

D

escr

ibe

how

ow

n r

ole

lin

ks t

o

the

wid

er c

onst

ruct

ion s

ecto

r □

Org

anis

atio

n’s

aim

□

Role

of

the

sect

or

□

Aim

s an

d o

bje

ctiv

es o

f th

e co

nst

ruct

ion s

ecto

r

1.3

D

escr

ibe

the

mai

n r

ole

s an

d

resp

onsi

bili

ties

of

repre

senta

tive

bodie

s th

at influen

ce t

he

const

ruct

ion s

ecto

r

□

Tra

de

unio

ns

□

Profe

ssio

nal

bodie

s

□

Hea

lth a

nd S

afet

y Exe

cutive

(H

SE)

1.4

Sta

te e

mplo

yee

rights

and

resp

onsi

bili

ties

under

em

plo

ymen

t la

w

□

Diffe

rence

bet

wee

n r

ights

and r

esponsi

bili

ties

□

Curr

ent

emplo

ymen

t le

gis

lation

1

Know

the

role

s an

d r

esponsi

bili

ties

of

pla

nt

oper

ators

in

the

const

ruct

ion

sect

or

1.5

D

escr

ibe

how

rel

ated

leg

isla

tion

can s

upport

em

plo

yees

in t

he

work

pla

ce

□

Curr

ent

anti-d

iscr

imin

atio

n leg

isla

tion,

eg g

ender

, ra

ce,

relig

ion,

dis

abili

ty,

age

□

Work

ing h

ours

and h

olid

ay e

ntitlem

ent

□

Dat

a pro

tect

ion

□

Oth

er r

elev

ant

exam

ple

s

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

19

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.6

D

escr

ibe

emplo

yer

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

he

work

pla

ce

□

Duty

of

care

to e

mplo

yees

, eg

saf

e an

d h

ealthy

work

pla

ce,

public

lia

bili

ty insu

rance

□

Appro

priat

e tr

ainin

g a

nd d

evel

opm

ent

□

Adher

ence

to t

erm

s of

contr

act

1.7

Id

entify

sourc

es a

nd t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd a

dvi

ce o

n o

wn

emplo

ymen

t rights

and

resp

onsi

bili

ties

□

Hum

an r

esourc

es (

HR)

dep

artm

ent

□

Line

man

ager

□

Tra

de

unio

n r

epre

senta

tive

□

Profe

ssio

nal

body

□

Inte

rnet

□

Tra

de

mag

azin

es a

nd journ

als

2.1

D

escr

ibe

occ

upat

ional

opport

unitie

s w

ithin

the

const

ruct

ion s

ecto

r

□

Progre

ssio

n r

oute

s w

ithin

const

ruct

ion

□

Import

ance

of

continued

pro

fess

ional

dev

elopm

ent

(CPD

);

trai

nin

g o

pport

unitie

s on a

nd o

ff t

he

job;

onlin

e an

d

dis

tance

lea

rnin

g;

skill

s updat

ing/r

enew

al

□

Lice

nse

to p

ract

ice

such

as

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Com

pet

ence

Sch

eme

(CPC

S)

etc

2

Know

tra

inin

g a

nd

care

er

opport

unitie

s fo

r pla

nt

oper

ators

in

the

const

ruct

ion

sect

or

2.2

Id

entify

sourc

es o

f in

form

atio

n

rela

ted t

o a

chose

n c

aree

r pat

hw

ay

□

Line

man

ager

□

Sec

tor

Ski

lls C

ounci

l

□

Profe

ssio

nal

org

anis

atio

ns,

eg C

IOB,

RIC

S,

RIB

A,

ICE,

CIB

SE

□

JobCen

tre

Plus

□

Rel

evan

t w

ebsi

tes

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

20

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.3

Id

entify

nex

t st

eps

in o

wn c

aree

r pat

hw

ay

□

Cre

ate

a dev

elopm

ent

pla

n

□

Consu

lt r

elat

ed w

ebsi

tes

3.1

Sta

te t

he

legis

lation t

hat

cove

rs

hea

lth a

nd s

afet

y on

const

ruct

ion s

ites

□

For

exam

ple

, H

ealth a

nd S

afet

y at

Work

Act

1974 a

nd o

ther

cu

rren

t an

d r

elev

ant

legis

lation a

pplic

able

to t

he

work

ing

envi

ronm

ent

such

as

Provi

sion

and U

se o

f W

ork

Equip

men

t Reg

ula

tions

(PU

WER)

and L

ifting O

per

atio

ns

and L

ifting

Equip

men

t (L

OLE

R)

Reg

ula

tions,

Contr

ol of

Subst

ance

s H

azar

dous

to H

ealth (

CO

SH

H)

3

Know

the

import

ance

of

hea

lth a

nd s

afet

y fo

r pla

nt

oper

ators

on c

onst

ruct

ion

site

s

3.2

Id

entify

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afet

y re

sponsi

bili

ties

of

indiv

idual

s on

const

ruct

ion s

ites

□

Insp

ection a

nd t

esting

□

Req

uirem

ent

for

oper

ator

com

pet

ence

□

Saf

e sy

stem

s of

work

□

Aw

aren

ess

of

the

requirem

ents

of

oth

er leg

isla

tion,

eg

man

agem

ent

of

hea

lth a

nd s

afet

y at

work

reg

ula

tions,

w

ork

pla

ce h

ealth a

nd s

afet

y an

d w

elfa

re r

egula

tions,

per

sonal

and p

rote

ctiv

e eq

uip

men

t at

work

reg

ula

tions,

m

anual

han

dlin

g o

per

atio

ns

regula

tions

□

Sourc

es o

f in

form

atio

n a

nd g

uid

ance

within

an o

rgan

isat

ion

□

Usi

ng e

quip

men

t sa

fely

, eg

mec

han

ical

, el

ectr

ical

, fluid

pow

er e

quip

men

t

□

Lift

ing a

nd c

arry

ing t

echniq

ues

□

House

keep

ing,

eg t

idy

work

spac

e, p

rote

ctin

g o

ther

s fr

om

har

m f

or

exam

ple

as

a re

sult o

f w

ork

bei

ng c

arried

out

by

self o

r oth

ers

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

21

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

4.1

Id

entify

pote

ntial

ris

ks a

nd

haz

ards

on c

onst

ruct

ion s

ites

□

Work

ing e

nvi

ronm

ent,

eg w

ork

ing a

t hei

ght,

ele

ctrici

ty,

confined

spac

es,

hot

work

□

Tools

and e

quip

men

t

□

Mat

eria

ls a

nd s

ubst

ance

s

□

Dan

ger

s of

not

work

ing t

o lai

d d

ow

n p

roce

dure

s

4.2

D

escr

ibe

how

pote

ntial

ris

ks a

nd

haz

ards

can b

e re

duce

d o

n

const

ruct

ion s

ites

□

For

exam

ple

, H

ealth a

nd S

afet

y Exe

cutive

(H

SE)

‘5 s

teps

to

risk

ass

essm

ent’ incl

udin

g iden

tify

ing h

azar

ds,

dec

idin

g w

ho

mig

ht

be

at r

isk

of

har

m a

nd h

ow

they

mig

ht

be

har

med

, ev

aluat

ion o

f th

e risk

s an

d c

ontr

ol m

easu

res,

rec

ord

ing o

f findin

gs

and im

ple

men

tation,

revi

ew o

f risk

ass

essm

ent

and

updat

e w

hen

nec

essa

ry

4

Know

pote

ntial

risk

s an

d h

azar

ds

on c

onst

ruct

ion

site

s

4.3

D

escr

ibe

haz

ard w

arnin

g s

igns

and s

ymbols

use

d o

n

const

ruct

ion s

ites

□

Iden

tifica

tion a

nd a

ppro

priat

e posi

tionin

g o

f sa

fety

sig

ns

□

Diffe

rence

bet

wee

n m

andat

ory

, w

arnin

g,

pro

hib

itio

n a

nd

safe

ty a

dvi

sory

sig

ns

5

Know

the

emer

gen

cy a

nd

acci

den

t pro

cedure

s on

const

ruct

ion s

ites

5.1

D

escr

ibe

evac

uat

ion p

roce

dure

s fo

r a

const

ruct

ion s

ite

□

Const

ruct

ion s

ite

inci

den

ts (

acci

den

t/in

jury

, w

ork

haz

ards,

fire

)

□

Iden

tifica

tion o

f ap

pro

priat

e qual

ifie

d p

erso

ns,

eg f

irst

aid

er,

fire

war

den

□

Act

ions

in t

he

even

t of

an a

ccid

ent

or

emer

gen

cy,

eg t

ypes

an

d s

oundin

g/i

nitia

ting e

mer

gen

cy a

larm

, ev

acuat

ion

pro

cedure

and e

scap

e ro

ute

s

□

Rep

ort

ing r

outines

, eg

at

asse

mbly

poin

t, h

azar

ds

and

mal

funct

ions,

inju

ry,

nea

r m

iss

occ

urr

ence

s

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

22

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

5.2

D

escr

ibe

pro

cedure

s fo

r re

port

ing a

ccid

ents

and inci

den

ts □

Theo

ry o

f fire

trian

gle

□

Cla

sses

of

fire

s

□

Typ

es o

f fire

ext

inguis

her

s

□

Sel

ection o

f ap

pro

priat

e ex

tinguis

her

s fo

r giv

en s

ituat

ions

5.3

Sta

te w

her

e to

obta

in a

ssis

tance

to

dea

l w

ith inju

ries

□

Rep

ort

ing a

ccid

ents

□

Acc

iden

t re

cord

s

□

Org

anis

atio

nal

polic

ies

□

Loca

tion o

f firs

t ai

d e

quip

men

t

□

Acc

iden

t tr

ends

in c

onst

ruct

ion


23

Unit 2: Sustainability in the Construction Industry


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit develops learners’ understanding of sustainability, explores how sustainability is integrated into construction projects and investigates how sustainability issues can be addressed more effectively in the future.

Global climate change and consequent potential changes mean that sustainability is important to the modern construction and built environment. It is becoming increasingly difficult to resource the materials needed for construction and, therefore, we must reduce the waste and pollution generated by the construction industry. The expectation is that any developments in the industry will now take place with minimal harm to the natural environment. The construction and built environment sector must learn to create a balance between the need for development of the built environment and the need to protect the natural environment. This can be achieved only by having underpinning knowledge and skills in planning, design, production and maintenance stages of the construction process.

This unit provides learners with an opportunity to explore the concept of sustainable construction and how this relates to the current and future impact of the built environment upon the natural environment. Learners will explore issues such as minimisation of waste, pollution control, careful use of resources, preservation of wildlife, flora and fauna and protection of biodiversity.

The unit encourages learners to investigate how sustainable design and construction techniques can be used to address environmental issues. This will include the specification of products, materials and services that do minimal harm to the environment in terms of their manufacture, transport and incorporation into the built environment, and the use of environmentally friendly designs, locally sourced materials, improved management techniques and alternative energy technology. On completion of this unit, learners should be able to use the knowledge and understanding gained to support a sustainable approach to construction in the built environment.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

24

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

what

is

mea

nt

by

sust

ainab

ility

□

The

mea

nin

g o

f su

stai

nab

ility

in s

oci

al,

phys

ical

, ec

onom

ic

and g

ener

al t

erm

s 1

Under

stan

d t

he

conce

pt

of

sust

ainab

ility

as

it

applie

s to

the

const

ruct

ion a

nd

built

envi

ronm

ent

sect

or

1.2

Eva

luat

e th

e re

leva

nce

of

sust

ainab

ility

to t

he

const

ruct

ion

and b

uilt

envi

ronm

ent

sect

or

□

Finite

reso

urc

es;

glo

bal

war

min

g;

mel

ting ice

caps;

ris

ing

sea

leve

ls;

clim

ate

chan

ge;

flo

odin

g;

short

ages

; ex

tinct

ion

of

spec

ies

□

Pote

ntial

conse

quen

ces

of

a re

duct

ion in b

iodiv

ersi

ty

□

Nee

ds

of

futu

re g

ener

atio

ns

□

Loca

l an

d g

lobal

conte

xt

□

Inte

r-re

lationsh

ips,

eg im

pac

t on c

onst

ruct

ion d

esig

n a

nd

pla

nnin

g

2

Know

the

issu

es

affe

ctin

g t

he

dev

elopm

ent

of

a su

stai

nab

le b

uilt

en

viro

nm

ent

2.1

Id

entify

the

issu

es a

ssoci

ated

w

ith t

he

pro

visi

on o

f a

sust

ainab

le b

uilt

envi

ronm

ent

□

Nat

ure

of

the

built

envi

ronm

ent

(sig

nific

ant

feat

ure

s,

exis

ting a

nd f

utu

re)

□

Impac

t of

the

built

envi

ronm

ent

on t

he

nat

ura

l en

viro

nm

ent

eg loca

l, n

atio

nal

, ex

isting,

futu

re

□

Duty

of

the

const

ruct

ion indust

ry t

o p

rese

nt

and f

utu

re

gen

erat

ions,

eg s

afeg

uar

d,

mai

nta

in,

impro

ve a

nd e

xpan

d

the

built

envi

ronm

ent

without

har

min

g t

he

nat

ura

l en

viro

nm

ent

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

25

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.2

D

escr

ibe

the

issu

es a

ssoci

ated

w

ith t

he

pro

visi

on o

f a

sust

ainab

le b

uilt

envi

ronm

ent

□

Mee

ting loca

l an

d n

atio

nal

nee

ds

□

Impro

ved b

usi

nes

s an

d e

mplo

ymen

t opport

unitie

s

□

Ski

lls d

evel

opm

ent

□

Posi

tive

eco

nom

ic im

pac

t, e

g c

ontr

ibution t

o g

ross

dom

estic

pro

duct

(G

DP)

, finan

cial

ret

urn

on d

evel

opm

ent,

incr

ease

d

pro

sper

ity

□

Neg

ativ

e so

cial

im

pac

t, e

g o

ver

dev

elopm

ent,

pollu

tion

3.1

Id

entify

the

ben

efits

of

usi

ng

sust

ainab

le c

onst

ruct

ion,

in b

oth

lo

cal an

d n

atio

nal

ter

ms

□

Em

plo

ymen

t; s

oci

al b

enef

its;

gre

en s

pac

es;

aest

het

ics;

co

mm

unity

consu

ltat

ion;

loca

l in

volv

emen

t; im

pro

ved

envi

ronm

ents

; re

gen

erat

ion

3

Know

how

su

stai

nab

ility

can

ben

efit t

he

built

en

viro

nm

ent

both

lo

cally

and

nat

ional

ly

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

ben

efits

of

usi

ng

sust

ainab

le c

onst

ruct

ion,

in b

oth

lo

cal an

d n

atio

nal

ter

ms

□

Cle

aner

air;

reduct

ion in f

loodin

g;

educa

tion;

conse

rvat

ion

of

reso

urc

es;

econom

ic w

ellb

eing;

envi

ronm

enta

l pro

tect

ion;

bet

ter

qual

ity

stan

dar

ds;

chan

ge

in e

duca

tion;

gove

rnm

ent

ben

efits;

tourism

4

Know

how

su

stai

nab

le d

esig

n

and c

onst

ruct

ion

tech

niq

ues

are

use

d t

o a

ddre

ss

envi

ronm

enta

l is

sues

4.1

Id

entify

the

sust

ainab

le d

esig

n

and c

onst

ruct

ion t

echniq

ues

use

d t

o m

inim

ise

envi

ronm

enta

l im

pac

t

□

Sta

ges

of

the

dev

elopm

ent

pro

cess

(pla

nnin

g,

des

ign,

const

ruct

ion)

□

Fact

ors

influen

cing t

hes

e st

ages

(phys

ical

, te

chnic

al,

finan

cial

, le

gal

and a

esth

etic

)

□

Impac

t on t

he

nat

ura

l en

viro

nm

ent

at e

ach s

tage

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

26

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

4.2

D

escr

ibe

the

sust

ainab

le d

esig

n

and c

onst

ruct

ion t

echniq

ues

use

d t

o m

inim

ise

envi

ronm

enta

l im

pac

t

□

Res

pec

ting t

he

nat

ura

l en

viro

nm

ent:

ove

rall

aim

s an

d

obje

ctiv

es;

min

imis

atio

n o

f w

aste

; re

duct

ion o

f pollu

tion;

contr

ol of

rate

of

consu

mption o

f va

luab

le r

esourc

es;

conse

rvat

ion o

f nat

ura

l as

sets

; pre

serv

atio

n o

f w

ildlif

e, f

lora

an

d f

auna;

pro

tect

ion o

f bio

div

ersi

ty

□

Tec

hniq

ues

, eg

envi

ronm

enta

lly f

rien

dly

des

ign,

spec

ific

atio

n o

f lo

cally

sourc

ed m

ater

ials

, im

pro

ved s

ite

man

agem

ent,

im

pro

ved r

esourc

e m

anag

emen

t, im

pro

ved

was

te m

anag

emen

t, r

ecla

mat

ion a

nd r

ecyc

ling,

alte

rnat

ive

ener

gy

tech

nolo

gy


27

Unit 3: Operating a Forward Tipping Dumper

Unit reference number: M/503/6415

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating forward tipping dumpers to transport and discharge materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Dump trucks are used to move loose earth and other material within or outside a construction site. There are a number of types of these trucks to suit different needs of the site work. Forward tipping dump trucks are used for off-road transportation, usually within a construction site. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a forward tipping dump truck. This includes identifying components, understanding procedures to load, transport and discharge and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will develop an understanding of loading requirements. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in receiving, transporting and discharging the load into an excavation. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

28

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el (

site

and h

ighw

ay)

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

stee

p incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

– load

ed a

nd u

nlo

aded

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es w

hils

t ca

rryi

ng load

s

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Pro

cedure

s en

suring t

he

suitab

ility

of

the

tippin

g a

nd

load

ing a

rea

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a fo

rwar

d

tippin

g d

um

per

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

posi

tionin

g a

nd r

ecei

ving load

s

□

Com

plia

nce

with load

ing p

roce

dure

s

□

Act

ions

required

for

ensu

ring load

inte

grity

and s

ecurity

□

Act

ions

required

for

tran

sfer

ring load

s to

diffe

rent

loca

tions

□

Act

ions

required

for

dis

char

gin

g load

s in

to t

rench

es a

nd

ove

r ed

ges

□

Act

ions

required

to m

ainta

in s

afe

and t

idy

work

ing a

reas

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

29

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Tra

velli

ng (

in a

load

ed a

nd u

nlo

aded

sta

te)

ove

r ro

ugh

terr

ain,

up a

nd d

ow

n a

slo

pe,

sto

p a

nd s

tart

on t

he

slope

in

both

up a

nd d

ow

n d

irec

tions

□

Pas

sing t

hro

ugh a

chic

ane

exec

uting f

ull

right-

and lef

t-han

d t

urn

s in

a f

orw

ard a

nd r

ever

se d

irec

tion (

unlo

aded

only

)

□

Rev

ersi

ng (

load

ed o

nly

) in

a s

trai

ght

line

for

a sp

ecifie

d

dis

tance

and p

ass

thro

ugh a

res

tric

tion a

t th

e en

d o

f th

e ru

n

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Ensu

ring t

he

suitab

ility

of

the

tippin

g a

nd load

ing a

rea

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Posi

tionin

g t

he

dum

per

for

load

ing

□

Rec

eivi

ng a

load

□

Dis

char

gin

g t

he

load

into

an e

dge

or

exca

vation

□

Cle

anin

g o

ut

the

skip

fully

□

Par

king t

he

mac

hin

e

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a fo

rwar

d t

ippin

g

dum

per

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – December 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011

30

Unit 4: Operating an Excavator 180o – Below 5 Tonnes

Unit reference number: F/503/6449

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating 180o excavators to excavate ground in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Excavators are commonly used for all works where digging and transportation are required, such as civil engineering works and mining operations. A 180o excavator comprises a boom or arm and a cabin fixed over an undercarriage. 180o excavators come in two categories: above and below 5 tonnes. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate an excavator 180o – below 5 tonnes. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to carry out excavation in various soil types and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will also develop an understanding of lifting requirements. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in excavating trenches, lifting and rotating loads and placing materials in vehicles or receptacles, as well as grading, levelling and spreading operations. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

31

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el (

site

and/o

r hig

hw

ay)

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ex

cava

ting

duties

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

an

exca

vato

r 180

o –

bel

ow

5 t

onnes

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

exca

vating d

iffe

ring t

ypes

of

exca

vations

in v

ario

us

types

of

gro

und

□

Act

ions

required

for

pla

cing m

ater

ials

into

tra

nsp

ort

ing

vehic

les

and r

ecep

tacl

es

□

Act

ions

required

for

gra

din

g,

spre

adin

g a

nd lev

ellin

g g

round

and m

ater

ials

□

Act

ions

required

for

atta

chin

g a

nd r

emovi

ng b

uck

ets

□

Act

ions

required

for

lifting,

mov

ing a

nd p

laci

ng b

asic

slu

ng

load

s w

ith t

he

rear

boom

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

32

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

□

Ref

uel

ling p

roce

dure

s

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Tra

velli

ng u

p a

nd d

ow

n s

lopes

, pas

sing t

hro

ugh r

estr

ictions

in f

orw

ard a

nd r

ever

se a

nd t

rave

lling o

ver

rough t

erra

in

□

Man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es a

nd a

round o

bst

acle

s

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

an e

xcav

ator

180

o

– b

elow

5 t

onnes

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ex

cava

ting

duties

□

Oper

atin

g e

xcav

ator

nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

33

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Dig

gin

g t

wo s

trai

ght

tren

ches

to f

orm

a ‘T’ pat

tern

with

squar

e st

arts

and f

inis

hes

□

Load

ing m

ater

ials

saf

ely

and s

ecure

ly into

tra

nsp

ort

ing

vehic

les/

rece

pta

cles

□

Chan

gin

g t

he

(bac

khoe)

buck

et

□

Lift

ing a

nd r

ota

ting a

load

and,

on c

om

ple

tion,

landin

g t

he

load

at

a giv

en p

oin

t an

d d

etac

hin

g

□

Gra

din

g,

spre

adin

g a

nd lev

ellin

g g

round a

nd m

ater

ials

□

Rei

nst

atin

g t

he

work

are

a as

req

uired

by

the

contr

act

□

par

king t

he

exca

vato

r

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Ref

uel

ling p

roce

dure

s

BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012

34

Unit 5: Operating an Excavator 180o – Above 5 Tonnes

Unit reference number: A/503/6448

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim


Excavators are commonly used for all works where digging and transportation are required, such as civil engineering works and mining operations. A 180o excavator comprises a boom or arm and a cabin fixed over an undercarriage. 180o excavators come in two categories: above and below 5 tonnes. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate an excavator 180o – above 5 tonnes. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to carry out excavation in various soil types and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will also develop an understanding of lifting requirements. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in excavating trenches, lifting and rotating loads and placing materials in vehicles or receptacles, as well as grading, levelling and spreading operations. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

35

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el (

site

and/o

r hig

hw

ay)

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ex

cava

ting

duties

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

an

exca

vato

r 180

o –

ab

ove

5 t

onnes

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

exca

vating d

iffe

ring t

ypes

of

exca

vations

in v

ario

us

types

of

gro

und

□

Act

ions

required

for

pla

cing m

ater

ials

into

tra

nsp

ort

ing

vehic

les

and r

ecep

tacl

es

□

Act

ions

required

for

gra

din

g,

spre

adin

g a

nd lev

ellin

g g

round

and m

ater

ials

□

Act

ions

required

for

atta

chin

g a

nd r

emovi

ng b

uck

ets

□

Act

ions

required

for

lifting,

mov

ing a

nd p

laci

ng b

asic

slu

ng

load

s w

ith t

he

rear

boom

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

36

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

□

Ref

uel

ling p

roce

dure

s

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Tra

velli

ng o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

stee

p incl

ines

and

leve

l su

rfac

es

□

Man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es a

nd a

round o

bst

acle

s

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

an e

xcav

ator

180

o

– a

bove

5 t

onnes

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ex

cava

ting

duties

□

Oper

atin

g e

xcav

ator

nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

37

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Dig

gin

g f

our

vert

ical

tre

nch

es o

f eq

ual

len

gth

at

right

angle

s to

form

a s

quar

e

□

Load

ing m

ater

ials

saf

ely

and s

ecure

ly into

tra

nsp

ort

ing

vehic

les/

rece

pta

cles

□

Chan

gin

g t

he

buck

et

□

Lift

ing a

nd r

ota

ting a

load

and,

on c

om

ple

tion,

landin

g t

he

load

at

a giv

en p

oin

t an

d d

etac

hin

g

□

Gra

din

g,

spre

adin

g a

nd lev

ellin

g g

round a

nd m

ater

ials

□

Rei

nst

atin

g t

he

work

are

a as

req

uired

by

the

contr

act

□

Park

ing t

he

exca

vato

r

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Ref

uel

ling p

roce

dure

s


38

Unit 6: Operating a Ride-on Roller


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating ride-on rollers to compact materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Compacting soil is an important operation in construction and civil engineering projects. Ride-on rollers are used to carry out compaction operations. They are similar to the rollers used in landfill compaction or agricultural tasks and consist of steel drums which act as wheels and are able to compact large areas. They can also be a combination of drum wheels and tyre wheels. The drum can be static or vibratory. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a ride-on roller. This includes identifying components and understanding the requirement to compact loose granular materials to specification, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a ride-on roller and will be able to demonstrate competence in compacting straight runs and a radius. The emphasis is on compliance with manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices, and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

39

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

site

tra

vel

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

com

pac

ting d

uties

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a ride-

on

rolle

r

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

com

pac

ting loose

gra

nula

r m

ater

ials

to

spec

ific

atio

n

□

Act

ions

required

for

com

pac

ting in s

trai

ght

lines

and a

round

radii

□

Prin

ciple

s, r

equirem

ents

and t

echniq

ues

for

com

pac

ting

support

ed a

nd u

nsu

pport

ed e

dges

□

Prin

ciple

s, r

equirem

ents

and t

echniq

ues

of

good c

om

pac

tion

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

40

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

site

tra

vel

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a, p

assi

ng t

hro

ugh a

res

tric

tion

(in f

orw

ard a

nd r

ever

se),

drivi

ng u

p a

nd d

ow

n a

gra

die

nt

and d

rivi

ng o

n u

nev

en g

round

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

com

pac

ting d

uties

□

Oper

atin

g r

olle

r nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Com

pac

ting s

trai

ght

run(s

) to

spec

ific

atio

n

□

Com

pac

ting a

rad

ius

to s

pec

ific

atio

n

□

Park

ing t

he

ride-

on r

olle

r

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a ride-

on r

olle

r

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


41

Unit 7: Operating an Excavator 360o – Below 10 Tonnes


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim


Excavators are commonly used for all works where digging and transportation are required, such as civil engineering works and mining operations. A 360o excavator comprises a boom or arm and a cabin fixed over a rotating platform and an undercarriage which can be on tracks or tyres, though track versions are more common. 360o excavators come in two categories: above and below 10 tonnes. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate an excavator 360o – below 10 tonnes. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to carry out excavation in various soil types and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will also develop an understanding of lifting requirements. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in excavating trenches, lifting and rotating loads and placing materials in vehicles or receptacles, as well as grading, levelling and spreading operations. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

42

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el (

site

and/o

r hig

hw

ay)

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ex

cava

ting

duties

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

an

exca

vato

r 360

o –

bel

ow

10 t

onnes

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

exca

vating d

iffe

ring t

ypes

of

exca

vations

in v

ario

us

types

of

gro

und

□

Act

ions

required

for

pla

cing m

ater

ials

into

tra

nsp

ort

ing

vehic

les

and r

ecep

tacl

es

□

Act

ions

required

for

gra

din

g,

spre

adin

g a

nd lev

ellin

g g

round

and m

ater

ials

□

Act

ions

required

for

atta

chin

g a

nd r

emovi

ng b

uck

ets

and

dip

per

mounte

d a

ttac

hm

ents

□

Act

ions

required

for

lifting,

mov

ing a

nd p

laci

ng b

asic

slu

ng

load

s

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

43

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

□

Ref

uel

ling p

roce

dure

s

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Tra

velli

ng o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

in

clin

es a

nd lev

el s

urf

aces

□

Man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es a

nd a

round o

bst

acle

s

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

an e

xcav

ator

360

o

– b

elow

10 t

onnes

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ex

cava

ting

duties

□

Oper

atin

g e

xcav

ator

nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

44

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Dig

gin

g a

tre

nch

to a

giv

en d

epth

and t

ole

rance

□

Dig

gin

g t

wo s

trai

ght

tren

ches

to f

orm

a ‘T’ pat

tern

with

vert

ical

sid

es a

t th

e en

d o

f th

e dug t

rench

□

Load

ing m

ater

ials

saf

ely

and s

ecure

ly into

tra

nsp

ort

ing

vehic

les/

rece

pta

cles

□

Chan

gin

g t

he

buck

et

□

Lift

ing a

nd r

ota

ting a

load

and,

on c

om

ple

tion,

landin

g t

he

load

at

a giv

en p

oin

t an

d d

etac

hin

g

□

Gra

din

g,

spre

adin

g a

nd lev

ellin

g g

round a

nd m

ater

ials

□

Rei

nst

atin

g t

he

work

are

a as

req

uired

by

the

contr

act

□

Park

ing t

he

exca

vato

r

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Ref

uel

ling p

roce

dure

s


45

Unit 8: Operating an Excavator 360o – Above 10 Tonnes

Unit reference number: T/503/6450

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim


Excavators are commonly used for all works where digging and transportation are required, such as civil engineering works and mining operations. A 360o excavator comprises a boom or arm and a cabin fixed over a rotating platform and an undercarriage which can be on tracks or tyres, though track versions are more common. 360o excavators come in two categories: above and below 10 tonnes. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate an excavator 360o – above 10 tonnes. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to carry out excavation in various soil types and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will also develop an understanding of lifting requirements. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in excavating trenches, lifting and rotating loads and placing materials in vehicles or receptacles, as well as grading, levelling and spreading operations. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

46

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el (

site

and/o

r hig

hw

ay)

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ex

cava

ting

duties

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

an

exca

vato

r 360

o –

ab

ove

10 t

onnes

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

exca

vating d

iffe

ring t

ypes

of

exca

vations

in v

ario

us

types

of

gro

und

□

Act

ions

required

for

pla

cing m

ater

ials

into

tra

nsp

ort

ing

vehic

les

and r

ecep

tacl

es

□

Act

ions

required

for

gra

din

g,

spre

adin

g a

nd lev

ellin

g g

round

and m

ater

ials

□

Act

ions

required

for

atta

chin

g a

nd r

emovi

ng b

uck

ets

and

dip

per

mounte

d a

ttac

hm

ents

□

Act

ions

required

for

lifting,

mov

ing a

nd p

laci

ng b

asic

slu

ng

load

s

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

47

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

□

Ref

uel

ling p

roce

dure

s

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Tra

velli

ng o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

in

clin

es a

nd lev

el s

urf

aces

□

Man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es a

nd a

round o

bst

acle

s

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

an e

xcav

ator

360

o

– a

bove

10 t

onnes

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ex

cava

ting

duties

□

Oper

atin

g e

xcav

ator

nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

48

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Dig

gin

g a

ver

tica

l tr

ench

to s

pec

ifie

d d

imen

sions

□

Dig

gin

g a

squar

e ex

cava

tion w

ith v

ertica

l si

des

at

the

end

of

a tr

ench

□

Load

ing m

ater

ials

saf

ely

and s

ecure

ly into

tra

nsp

ort

ing

vehic

les/

rece

pta

cles

□

Chan

gin

g t

he

buck

et

□

Lift

ing a

nd r

ota

ting a

load

and,

on c

om

ple

tion,

landin

g t

he

load

at

a giv

en p

oin

t an

d d

etac

hin

g

□

Gra

din

g,

spre

adin

g a

nd lev

ellin

g g

round a

nd m

ater

ials

□

Rei

nst

atin

g t

he

work

are

a as

req

uired

by

the

contr

act

□

Park

ing t

he

exca

vato

r

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Ref

uel

ling p

roce

dure

s


49

Unit 9: Operating a Skid Steer Loader

Unit reference number: D/503/6426

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating skid steer loaders to extract materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

As the name suggests, a skid steer loader is used to place materials in transporting vehicles and other receptacles. This small machine can perform a number of labour-saving tasks. The wheels are designed to be independent of each other, meaning that skid steer loaders can move through zero radius, which makes them highly desirable in restricted spaces. This plant plays an important part in moving materials within and outside construction sites, and operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a skid steer loader. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to travel over rough terrain, inclines and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a skid steer loader and will be able to demonstrate competence in loading a vehicle using materials from a stockpile as well as in creating an upward ramp. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

50

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p m

achin

e fo

r si

te t

rave

l

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

(lo

aded

and

unlo

aded

)

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ex

trac

tion a

nd

load

ing d

uties

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a sk

id

stee

r lo

ader

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

extr

acting d

iffe

ring t

ypes

of

mat

eria

ls

from

sto

ckpile

s an

d o

ther

sourc

es

□

Act

ions

required

for

form

ing s

tock

pile

s of

segre

gat

ed

mat

eria

ls a

nd c

onst

ruct

ing (

tem

pora

ry)

ram

ps

□

Act

ions

required

for

sort

ing a

nd p

laci

ng m

ater

ials

into

tr

ansp

ort

ing v

ehic

les

and r

ecep

tacl

es

□

Act

ions

required

for

bac

kfill

ing a

nd lev

ellin

g g

round a

nd

mat

eria

ls

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

51

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r si

te t

rave

l

□

Tra

velli

ng a

nd m

anoeu

vrin

g in a

load

ed a

nd u

nlo

aded

sta

te,

up a

nd d

ow

n a

slo

pe,

sto

ppin

g a

nd s

tart

ing o

n t

he

slope

in

up a

nd d

ow

n d

irec

tions,

tra

velli

ng o

ver

rough t

erra

in,

reve

rsin

g (

load

ed s

tate

only

) in

a s

trai

ght

line

and p

assi

ng

thro

ugh a

res

tric

tion a

t th

e en

d o

f th

e ru

n

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prep

arin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

skid

ste

er load

er f

or

rele

vant

work

act

ivitie

s

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a sk

id s

teer

load

er

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Cre

atin

g a

n u

pw

ard r

amp

□

Load

ing m

ater

ial in

to a

veh

icle

□

Bac

kfill

ing a

nd lev

ellin

g g

round a

nd m

ater

ials

□

Cle

anin

g a

nd t

idyi

ng t

he

work

are

a

□

Park

ing t

he

skid

ste

er load

er

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


52

Unit 10: Operating a Skip Handler

Unit reference number: Y/503/6425

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating skip handlers to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

As the name suggests, skip handlers are used to move and transfer loads to desired locations. This plant plays an important part in moving materials within and outside construction sites, and operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a skip handler. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to travel over rough terrain, inclines and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a skip handler and will be able to demonstrate competence in moving, carrying and unloading a skip to a given location. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

53

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p m

achin

e fo

r si

te a

nd h

ighw

ay

trav

el

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

, lo

aded

and u

nlo

aded

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es w

hils

t ca

rryi

ng load

s

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a sk

ip

han

dle

r

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r en

suring t

he

suitab

ility

of

the

tippin

g a

nd

load

ing a

rea

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

54

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Posi

tionin

g t

he

vehic

le f

or

pic

king u

p a

nd p

laci

ng

skip

(s)/

conta

iner

(s),

incl

udin

g a

reas

hav

ing h

eight

rest

rict

ions

□

Proce

dure

s fo

r re

trie

ving a

nd p

laci

ng s

kips

or

conta

iner

s of

various

size

s an

d w

eights

□

Act

ions

required

for

dep

osi

ting load

s fr

om

a s

kip o

r co

nta

iner

□

Tra

nsf

erring load

s to

diffe

rent

loca

tions

□

Proce

dure

s fo

r en

suring load

inte

grity

and s

ecurity

during

trav

el

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Road

Tra

ffic

Act

req

uirem

ents

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Prep

arin

g t

he

vehic

le a

nd s

kip h

andle

r fo

r ro

ad t

rave

l (l

oad

ed a

nd u

nlo

aded

)

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a (l

oad

ed a

nd u

nlo

aded

) ove

r unev

en t

erra

in a

nd u

nder

take

lef

t- a

nd r

ight-

han

d t

urn

s

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a Ski

p H

andle

r

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Posi

tionin

g,

pre

par

ing a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

skip

han

dle

r an

d

load

ing f

or

each

lift

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

55

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Pick

ing u

p a

n e

mpty

ski

p o

r body

and c

arry

ing o

ut

activi

ty;

afte

r co

mple

ting,

dep

osi

ting t

he

skip

/body

at a

diffe

rent

loca

tion

□

Pic

king u

p a

fully

-load

ed s

kip/b

ody,

sec

uring in p

repar

atio

n

for

road

tra

vel an

d c

arry

ing o

ut

activi

ty;

afte

r co

mple

ting,

tippin

g a

load

fro

m t

he

skip

/body

at a

giv

en p

osi

tion

□

Plac

ing a

ski

p/b

ody

within

a r

estr

icte

d s

pac

e

□

Ret

riev

ing a

load

ed s

kip o

r body

from

a r

estr

icte

d

hea

dro

om

loca

tion

□

Sto

win

g a

ll eq

uip

men

t an

d r

eturn

ing t

he

vehic

le t

o t

he

par

k posi

tion

□

Park

ing t

he

vehic

le

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


56

Unit 11: Operating a Dump Truck – Rigid Chassis


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating dump trucks with a rigid chassis to transport and discharge materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Dump trucks are used to move loose earth and other material within or outside construction sites. There are number of types of these trucks to suit different needs of the site work. Dump trucks with rigid chassis have better manoeuvrability capabilities than other types. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a dump truck with rigid chassis. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to load, transport and discharge and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will develop an understanding of loading requirements. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in receiving, transporting and discharging the load into an excavation. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

57

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el (

site

and h

ighw

ay)

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

stee

p incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

– load

ed a

nd u

nlo

aded

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es w

hils

t ca

rryi

ng load

s

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Pro

cedure

s en

suring t

he

suitab

ility

of

the

tippin

g a

nd

load

ing a

rea

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a dum

p

truck

– r

igid

ch

assi

s

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

posi

tionin

g a

nd r

ecei

ving load

s

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith load

ing p

roce

dure

s

□

Act

ions

required

for

ensu

ring load

inte

grity

and s

ecurity

□

Act

ions

required

for

tran

sfer

ring load

s to

diffe

rent

loca

tions

□

Act

ions

required

for

dis

char

gin

g load

s in

to t

rench

es a

nd

ove

r ed

ges

□

Act

ions

required

to m

ainta

in s

afe

and t

idy

work

ing a

reas

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

58

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Tra

velli

ng o

ver

a gra

die

nt,

rough t

erra

in a

nd a

round

obst

acle

s (l

oad

ed a

nd u

nlo

aded

), s

toppin

g o

n t

he

slope

in

the

dow

nw

ards

direc

tion a

nd r

ever

sing b

ackw

ards

up t

he

slope

for

a m

inim

um

of

5 m

etre

s

□

Drivi

ng t

hro

ugh a

res

tric

tion (

not

chic

ane)

– u

nlo

aded

only

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Ensu

ring t

he

suitab

ility

of

the

tippin

g a

nd load

ing a

rea

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Posi

tionin

g t

he

dum

p t

ruck

for

load

ing

□

Rec

eivi

ng a

load

□

Dis

char

gin

g t

he

load

into

the

edge

or

exca

vation

□

Cle

anin

g o

ut

the

skip

fully

□

Par

king t

he

mac

hin

e

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a dum

p t

ruck

–

rigid

chas

sis

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


59

Unit 12: Operating a Dump Truck – Articulated Chassis


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating dump trucks with articulated chassis to transport and discharge materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Dump trucks are used to move loose earth and other material within or outside construction sites. There are number of types of these trucks to suit different needs of the site work. Dump trucks with articulated chassis are used for off-road transportation, usually within a construction site. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a dump truck with articulated chassis. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to load, transport and discharge and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will develop an understanding of loading requirements. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in receiving, transporting and discharging the load into an excavation. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

60

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el (

site

and h

ighw

ay)

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

stee

p incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

– load

ed a

nd u

nlo

aded

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es w

hils

t ca

rryi

ng load

s

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Pro

cedure

s en

suring t

he

suitab

ility

of

the

tippin

g a

nd

load

ing a

rea

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a dum

p

truck

– a

rtic

ula

ted

chas

sis

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

posi

tionin

g a

nd r

ecei

ving load

s

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith load

ing p

roce

dure

s

□

Act

ions

required

for

ensu

ring load

inte

grity

and s

ecurity

□

Act

ions

required

for

tran

sfer

ring load

s to

diffe

rent

loca

tions

□

Act

ions

required

for

dis

char

gin

g load

s in

to t

rench

es a

nd

ove

r ed

ges

□

Act

ions

required

to m

ainta

in s

afe

and t

idy

work

ing a

reas

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

61

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Tra

velli

ng o

ver

a gra

die

nt,

rough t

erra

in a

nd a

round

obst

acle

s (l

oad

ed a

nd u

nlo

aded

), s

toppin

g o

n t

he

slope

in

the

dow

nw

ards

direc

tion a

nd r

ever

sing b

ackw

ards

up t

he

slope

for

a m

inim

um

of

5 m

etre

s

□

Drivi

ng t

hro

ugh a

res

tric

tion (

not

chic

ane)

– u

nlo

aded

only

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Ensu

ring t

he

suitab

ility

of

the

tippin

g a

nd load

ing a

rea

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Posi

tionin

g t

he

dum

p t

ruck

for

load

ing

□

Rec

eivi

ng a

load

□

Dis

char

gin

g t

he

load

into

the

edge

or

exca

vation

□

Cle

anin

g o

ut

the

skip

fully

□

Par

king t

he

mac

hin

e

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a dum

p t

ruck

–

articu

late

d c

has

sis

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


62

Unit 13: Operating a Rough Terrain Forklift


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for operating rough terrain masted forklifts to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

As the name suggests, a forklift consists of two forks to lift and place loads into position. It is a mobile machine and can access hard-to-reach areas. Forklifts generally fall into two categories: industrial and rough terrain. Rough terrain forklifts, as the name implies, are designed to run on rough, unpaved surfaces. They are commonly used on construction sites. These forklifts can have a vertical tower or a telescopic boom. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a rough terrain forklift. This includes identifying components and understanding the requirements to lift and move loads and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a rough terrain forklift and will be able to demonstrate competence in lifting and placing various loads. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

63

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

(w

ith a

nd w

ithout

load

s)

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es (

with

and w

ithout

load

s)

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

lifting a

nd t

ransf

erring d

uties

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

lifting a

nd r

emovi

ng v

ario

us

load

s, u

p

to t

he

full

work

ing h

eight

of

the

fork

lift

□

Act

ions

required

for

tran

sfer

ring a

nd p

laci

ng load

s ac

cura

tely

at

giv

en loca

tions

□

Act

ions

required

for

pla

cing a

nd r

emovi

ng load

s fr

om

a

vehic

le

□

Act

ions

required

to m

ainta

in s

afe

and t

idy

work

ing a

reas

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a ro

ugh

terr

ain f

ork

lift

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

64

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling in a

n u

nlo

aded

sta

te a

nd w

ith load

pas

sing t

hro

ugh a

chic

ane,

exe

cuting f

ull

right-

and lef

t-han

d t

urn

s in

forw

ard a

nd r

ever

se d

irec

tion

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling w

ith load

, re

vers

ing in a

str

aight

line

and p

assi

ng t

hro

ugh a

res

tric

tion a

t th

e en

d o

f th

e ru

n

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

each

lifting a

nd t

ransf

erring

duty

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Lift

ing a

nd p

laci

ng a

load

onto

a load

ing-o

ut

tow

er a

nd

movi

ng f

ork

lift

away

; re

trie

ving t

he

load

, lo

wer

ing t

o

gro

und lev

el a

nd p

laci

ng a

t a

giv

en p

oin

t

□

Lift

ing a

nd p

laci

ng 3

load

s onto

a t

ruck

bed

; af

ter

com

ple

ting,

rem

ovi

ng a

ll lo

ads

from

the

truck

bed

□

Sta

ckin

g 3

load

s ve

rtic

ally

on t

op o

f one

anoth

er;

afte

r co

mple

ting,

de-

stac

king a

ll of

the

load

s an

d p

laci

ng

alongsi

de

each

oth

er in a

str

aight

line

□

Car

ryin

g o

ut

under

cutt

ing w

hen

lifting a

nd p

laci

ng a

load

□

Pla

cing a

ll lo

ads

on t

he

gro

und

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a ro

ugh t

erra

in

fork

lift

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


65

Unit 14: Operating a Telescopic Handler


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating telescopic handlers to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

A telescopic handler or tele-handler is a versatile machine which can perform the tasks of a forklift as well as those of a crane. Various attachments can be fixed to its telescopic boom to move different types of materials, such as pellet loads and buckets. It can lift materials to a desired height as well as transporting them from one place to another. The plant is used both in construction and in agriculture. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a telescopic handler. This includes identifying components and understanding the requirements to lift and move loads, travel and manoeuvre through restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a telescopic handler and will be able to demonstrate competence in lifting and placing various loads. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

66

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el (

site

and h

ighw

ay –

w

her

e ap

plic

able

)

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es (

with

and w

ithout

load

s)

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

lifting a

nd t

ransf

erring d

uties

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a te

lesc

opic

han

dle

r

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

lifting a

nd r

emovi

ng v

ario

us

load

s, u

p

to f

ull

exte

nsi

on a

nd w

ork

ing h

eight

of

the

tele

scopic

han

dle

r

□

Act

ions

required

for

pla

cing a

nd r

emovi

ng load

s fr

om

a

vehic

le

□

Act

ions

required

for

atta

chin

g a

nd r

emovi

ng b

uck

ets

□

Act

ions

required

to m

ainta

in s

afe

and t

idy

work

ing a

reas

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

67

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el (

site

and h

ighw

ay –

w

her

e ap

plic

able

)

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling in a

n u

nlo

aded

sta

te a

nd w

ith

load

, up a

nd d

ow

n a

slo

pe,

ove

r ro

ugh t

erra

in,

pas

sing

thro

ugh a

chic

ane,

exe

cuting f

ull

right-

and lef

t-han

d t

urn

s in

forw

ard a

nd r

ever

se d

irec

tion;

stoppin

g a

nd r

esta

rtin

g o

n

the

slope

whils

t lo

aded

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling w

ith load

, re

vers

ing in a

str

aight

line

and p

assi

ng t

hro

ugh a

res

tric

tion

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a te

lesc

opic

han

dle

r

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

tele

-han

dle

r fo

r ea

ch lift

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

68

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Lift

ing a

nd p

laci

ng a

load

onto

the

load

ing t

ow

er a

nd

movi

ng t

he

tele

-han

dle

r aw

ay;

retr

ievi

ng t

he

load

, lo

wer

ing

to g

round lev

el a

nd p

laci

ng a

t a

giv

en p

oin

t

□

Lift

ing a

nd p

laci

ng 3

load

s onto

a t

ruck

bed

; af

ter

com

ple

ting,

rem

ovi

ng a

ll lo

ads

from

the

truck

bed

□

Sta

ckin

g 3

load

s ve

rtic

ally

on t

op o

f one

anoth

er;

afte

r co

mple

ting,

de-

stac

king a

ll of

the

load

s an

d p

laci

ng

alongsi

de

each

oth

er in a

str

aight

line

□

Lift

ing a

load

and p

laci

ng a

t gro

und lev

el a

t an

indic

ated

poin

t usi

ng e

ither

a f

ull

reac

h (

horizo

nta

l) o

f th

e te

le-

han

dle

r or

240 d

egre

es f

rom

the

pic

k up p

oin

t usi

ng f

ull

reac

h (

horizo

nta

l) o

f th

e te

le-h

andle

r

□

Car

ryin

g o

ut

under

cutt

ing w

hen

lifting a

nd p

laci

ng a

load

□

Pla

cing a

ll lo

ads

on t

he

gro

und

□

Configuring t

he

tele

-han

dle

r fo

r ro

ad t

rave

l

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


69

Unit 15: Operating a Hoist

Unit reference number: J/503/6419

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating hoists to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Hoists are used to lift or lower a load. The lifting or lowering of loads is achieved by means of ropes, chains and pulleys. Lifting and lowering loads is an important operation across a range of industrial sectors such as construction and logistics.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a hoist. This includes identifying components and understanding capacity and stability issues, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will become familiar with the checks required for emergency lowering. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a hoist and will be able to demonstrate competence in loading and travelling the platform to a given location, as well as travelling in an unloaded state. The emphasis is on compliance with signals, the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

70

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Sta

bili

ty,

alig

nm

ent

and s

afet

y ch

ecks

□

Chec

king g

ates

and s

afet

y dev

ices

funct

ion a

ccord

ing t

o

spec

ific

atio

n

□

Chec

king c

apac

ity

of

the

hois

t to

acc

om

modat

e ex

pec

ted

load

s an

d/o

r pas

senger

s

□

Pre-

use

, ru

nnin

g a

nd o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

□

Chec

king e

mer

gen

cy low

erin

g f

unct

ions

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Plac

ing,

load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g m

ater

ials

on a

nd o

ff t

he

hois

t pla

tform

usi

ng m

anual

han

dlin

g t

echniq

ues

□

Prep

arin

g t

he

hois

t fo

r th

e re

quired

load

(s)

and/o

r pas

senger

s

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Oper

atin

g t

he

hois

t to

the

limits

of

oper

atio

n,

both

load

ed

and u

nlo

aded

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith s

ignal

s an

d inst

ruct

ions

□

Saf

ely

oper

atin

g h

ois

t w

ithin

work

ing lim

itat

ions

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a hois

t

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Pla

cing t

he

hois

t in

an o

ut-

of-

serv

ice

conditio

n,

isola

tion

and s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

71

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks,

funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

□

Pre

par

ing a

n e

xclu

sion z

one

in t

he

rele

vant

area

□

Agre

eing t

he

signal

cod

es w

ith t

he

signal

ler

□

Car

ryin

g o

ut

the

emer

gen

cy low

erin

g p

roce

dure

(pas

senger

ty

pe

only

)

2.2

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

lifting d

uties

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.3

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Tra

velli

ng t

he

pla

tform

unlo

aded

to t

he

full

limits

of

oper

atio

n

□

Pla

cing t

he

load

within

the

pla

tform

□

Tra

velli

ng t

he

pla

tform

to a

giv

en lev

el a

nd r

emovi

ng t

he

load

□

Pla

cing t

he

load

within

the

pla

tform

and t

rave

lling t

o a

diffe

rent

leve

l

□

Tra

velli

ng t

he

pla

tform

to a

n o

ut-

of-

serv

ice

leve

l an

d

rem

ovi

ng t

he

load

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a hois

t

2.4

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Pla

cing t

he

hois

t out-

of-

serv

ice,

iso

lation a

nd s

ecuring

pro

cedure

s


72

Unit 16: Operating a Mobile Elevating Work Platform – Scissor


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding required for preparing and operating scissor-type mobile elevating work platforms (MEWPs) for accessing operations in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Mobile elevating work platforms (MEWPs) are used to carry out work at height. They are used across a range of industrial sectors such as construction, logistics and shipyards. The scissor-type MEWP is suitable if a single worker is to be raised along with materials to the desired working height. It provides a safe working platform with guardrails from which to work. It can be self-propelled and comes in a variety of sizes.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a scissor-type mobile elevating work platform (MEWP). This includes identifying components, understanding issues related to positioning the platform and carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a MEWP and will be able to demonstrate competence in accessing the given point at height. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

73

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

□

Em

ergen

cy low

erin

g f

unct

ions

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p m

achin

e fo

r si

te t

rave

l

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

leve

l su

rfac

es a

nd incl

ines

□

Pro

cedure

s an

d p

reca

utions

for

trav

ellin

g o

ver

rough t

erra

in

and o

n incl

ines

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ac

cess

ing d

uties

□

Posi

tionin

g t

he

pla

tform

for

acce

ssin

g a

work

posi

tion

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

acce

ssin

g w

ork

ing p

oin

ts u

p t

o f

ull

oper

atin

g h

eight

□

Act

ions

required

for

trav

ellin

g w

ith a

rai

sed p

latf

orm

(w

her

e ap

plic

able

)

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a m

obile

el

evat

ing w

ork

pla

tform

– s

ciss

or

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

74

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

□

Em

ergen

cy low

erin

g f

unct

ion c

hec

k

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r si

te t

rave

l

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a an

d p

assi

ng t

hro

ugh a

chic

ane,

ex

ecuting f

ull

left

-han

d a

nd r

ight-

han

d t

urn

s

□

Tra

velli

ng t

he

MEW

P w

ith t

he

pla

tform

rai

sed a

nd p

assi

ng

thro

ugh a

res

tric

tion

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Pre

par

ing a

n e

xclu

sion z

one

in t

he

rele

vant

area

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Acc

essi

ng g

iven

poin

ts a

t hei

ght

□

Park

ing t

he

MEW

P

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a m

obile

ele

vating

work

pla

tform

–

scis

sor

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


75

Unit 17: Operating a Mobile Elevating Work Platform – Boom


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding required for preparing and operating boom-type mobile elevating work platforms (MEWPs) for accessing operations in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Mobile elevating work platforms (MEWPs) are used to carry out work at height. They are used across a range of industrial sectors, such as construction, logistics and shipyards. They can be vehicle- or trailer-mounted or can be self-propelled. The boom can be telescopic or articulated. This group of MEWPs is commonly known as ‘cherry pickers’. Health and safety considerations are paramount in the operation due to inherent risks in working at height.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a mobile elevating work platform (MEWP). This includes identifying components, understanding issues related to positioning the platform and carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will become familiar with the checks required for emergency lowering. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a MEWP and will be able to demonstrate competence in accessing the given point at height, as well as where horizontal reach is required. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

76

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

□

Em

ergen

cy low

erin

g f

unct

ions

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p m

achin

e fo

r si

te t

rave

l

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

leve

l su

rfac

es (

all ty

pes

),

incl

ines

and u

nev

en t

erra

in (

self-p

ropel

led u

nits

only

)

□

Pro

cedure

s an

d p

reca

utions

for

trav

ellin

g o

n incl

ines

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

acce

ssin

g d

uties

□

Posi

tionin

g t

he

pla

tform

for

acce

ssin

g a

work

posi

tion

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

acce

ssin

g w

ork

ing p

oin

ts u

p t

o f

ull

oper

atin

g h

eight

and r

each

□

Act

ions

required

for

trav

ellin

g w

ith a

rai

sed p

latf

orm

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a m

obile

el

evat

ing w

ork

pla

tform

– b

oom

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

77

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

□

Em

ergen

cy low

erin

g f

unct

ion c

hec

k

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r si

te t

rave

l,

ensu

ring m

achin

e is

set

up f

or

inte

nded

direc

tion o

f tr

avel

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a an

d p

assi

ng t

hro

ugh a

chic

ane,

ex

ecuting f

ull

left

-han

d a

nd r

ight-

han

d t

urn

s

□

Tra

velli

ng t

he

MEW

P w

ith t

he

pla

tform

rai

sed a

nd p

assi

ng

thro

ugh a

res

tric

tion

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Pre

par

ing a

n e

xclu

sion z

one

in t

he

rele

vant

area

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Acc

essi

ng g

iven

poin

ts a

t hei

ght

□

Acc

essi

ng g

iven

poin

ts r

equirin

g u

se o

f horizo

nta

l re

ach

□

Park

ing t

he

MEW

P

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a m

obile

ele

vating

work

pla

tform

–

boom

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


78

Unit 18: Operating a Concrete Pump – Trailer Mounted


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding required to prepare for operating and operate trailer-mounted concrete pumps to pump and discharge materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Concrete is a very important material which is used in new construction works as well as in renovations, refurbishments and upgrades. Concrete pumps are commonly used for in situ concrete operations for structures and components such as slabs, foundations and bridges. Operating a concrete pump safely is an important and transferable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a trailer-mounted concrete pump. This includes identifying components, securing pipes and lines and dealing with blockages, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of the appropriate consistency of concrete for pumping. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a concrete pump and will be able to demonstrate competence in pumping and pouring to the specified location, as well as cleaning and dismantling the components ready for movement of the trailer. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

79

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Confirm

ing t

he

posi

tion a

nd c

onfiguring t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r pum

pin

g d

uties

□

Proce

dure

s fo

r dep

loyi

ng t

he

outr

igger

s to

spec

ific

atio

n

(wher

e ap

plic

able

)

□

Arr

angin

g,

anch

oring a

nd s

ecuring a

ll pip

es a

nd lin

es

□

Confirm

ing a

giv

en m

ix is

suitab

le f

or

pum

pin

g

□

Proce

dure

s fo

r ar

rangin

g,

usi

ng a

nd c

om

ply

ing w

ith

com

munic

atio

n p

roce

dure

s

□

Direc

ting t

he

load

ing/m

ixer

veh

icle

to p

osi

tion

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a co

ncr

ete

pum

p –

tra

iler

mounte

d

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r pum

pin

g a

nd c

ontr

olli

ng m

ater

ials

acc

ura

tely

to

the

des

ired

pour

loca

tion

□

Blo

ckag

e occ

urr

ence

s an

d s

olu

tion m

ethods

avai

lable

to

ove

rcom

e th

em

□

Act

ions

required

for

mai

nta

inin

g s

afe

work

ing s

ituat

ions

□

End-o

f-use

cle

anin

g p

roce

dure

s

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

80

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Ensu

ring t

hat

the

trai

ler

is s

ecure

and s

egre

gat

ing t

he

work

ing a

rea

□

Pre

par

ing f

or

the

rele

vant

work

follo

win

g t

he

giv

en p

ipel

ine

spec

ific

atio

n

□

Linin

g t

he

pip

es a

nd p

laci

ng h

ose

s w

ith s

uitab

le g

rout

□

Direc

ting t

he

mat

eria

l-ca

rryi

ng v

ehic

le into

posi

tion

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

2.3

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Pum

pin

g t

he

mat

eria

l to

the

pour

loca

tion w

hils

t fo

llow

ing

signal

s

□

Sto

ppin

g a

nd r

esta

rtin

g t

he

pour

during w

ork

□

Cle

anin

g t

he

pum

pin

g s

yste

m c

om

ponen

ts

□

Dis

man

tlin

g a

nd s

toring a

ll co

mponen

ts r

eady

for

the

move

men

t of

the

trai

ler

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a co

ncr

ete

pum

p –

tr

aile

r m

ounte

d

2.4

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


81

Unit 19: Operating a Grader


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for operating graders to form and shape materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

A grader is a piece of heavy equipment which is used in earthworks to help achieve a smooth and level surface. They are used in the construction of roads or where the ground surface needs to be rendered smooth. The blade attached to the grader helps to carry out levelling operations. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a grader. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to carry out grading, spreading and levelling operations and travel over rough terrains and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in trimming banks, grading, levelling and reinstatement of works. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

82

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p m

achin

e fo

r si

te t

rave

l

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round a

nd

leve

l su

rfac

es

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r gen

eral

gra

din

g

and s

ide-

cast

ing d

uties

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r hig

h b

ank

work

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

gra

din

g,

spre

adin

g m

ater

ials

and

leve

lling g

round

□

Act

ions

required

to p

roduce

eve

n f

inis

hes

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a gra

der

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

83

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r si

te t

rave

l

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a, u

p a

nd d

ow

n t

he

slope,

pas

sing

thro

ugh a

res

tric

tion a

nd t

rave

lling o

ver

rough t

erra

in

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prep

arin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

gra

der

for

rele

vant

work

ac

tivi

ties

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Trim

min

g t

he

ban

k to

an a

gre

ed a

ngle

□

Gra

din

g a

nd lev

ellin

g a

n a

rea

to s

pec

ific

atio

n

□

Rei

nst

atin

g t

he

work

are

a to

lev

el

□

Park

ing t

he

gra

der

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a gra

der

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


84

Unit 20: Operating a Wheeled Loading Shovel

Unit reference number: K/503/6428

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating wheeled loading shovels to extract materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

A wheeled loading shovel is a loader which is used to place materials in transporting vehicles and other receptacles. They can be small and compact and hence easy to manoeuvre, or can be of a more powerful variety. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a wheeled loading shovel. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to travel over rough terrain, inclines and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a wheeled loading shovel, and will be able to demonstrate competence in loading a vehicle using materials from a stockpile as well as in creating an upward ramp. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

85

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p m

achin

e fo

r si

te a

nd h

ighw

ay

trav

el

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

(lo

aded

and

unlo

aded

)

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ex

trac

tion a

nd

load

ing d

uties

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a w

hee

led

load

ing s

hove

l

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

extr

acting d

iffe

ring t

ypes

of

mat

eria

ls

from

sto

ckpile

s an

d o

ther

sourc

es

□

Act

ions

required

for

form

ing s

tock

pile

s of

segre

gat

ed

mat

eria

ls a

nd c

onst

ruct

ing (

tem

pora

ry)

ram

ps

□

Act

ions

required

for

sort

ing a

nd p

laci

ng m

ater

ials

into

tr

ansp

ort

ing v

ehic

les

and r

ecep

tacl

es

□

Act

ions

required

for

spre

adin

g a

nd lev

ellin

g g

round a

nd

mat

eria

ls

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

86

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r si

te a

nd

hig

hw

ay t

rave

l

□

Tra

velli

ng a

nd m

anoeu

vrin

g in a

load

ed a

nd u

nlo

aded

sta

te,

up a

nd d

ow

n a

slo

pe,

sto

ppin

g a

nd s

tart

ing o

n t

he

slope

in

up a

nd d

ow

n d

irec

tions,

tra

velli

ng o

ver

rough t

erra

in,

reve

rsin

g (

load

ed o

nly

) in

a s

trai

ght

line

and p

assi

ng

thro

ugh a

res

tric

tion a

t th

e en

d o

f th

e ru

n

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prep

arin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ex

trac

tion a

nd

load

ing d

uties

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Cre

atin

g a

n u

pw

ard r

amp (

usi

ng m

ater

ial fr

om

a b

ank)

□

Load

ing m

ater

ial in

to a

veh

icle

□

Spre

adin

g a

nd lev

ellin

g g

round a

nd m

ater

ials

□

Cle

anin

g a

nd t

idyi

ng t

he

work

are

a

□

Park

ing t

he

whee

led load

ing s

hove

l

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a w

hee

led load

ing

shove

l

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


87

Unit 21: Operating a Crawler-Tractor/Dozer


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating crawler-tractor/dozers for excavating/forming operations in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

A crawler-tractor is a type of construction vehicle which instead of using wheels uses tracks. Using tracks means that the load is spread over a large area, making such machines suitable for use in a variety of site conditions. A number of attachments can be added to a crawler-tractor. When a blade is attached to the machine, it is then called a dozer, which is used for a variety of excavation operations. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a crawler-tractor/dozer. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to carry out excavation in various soil types and travel over rough terrains, inclines and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in excavating trenches, constructing ramps and carrying out grading, spreading and levelling tasks. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

88

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

site

tra

vel

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ex

cava

ting

duties

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

exca

vating d

iffe

ring t

ypes

of

exca

vations

in v

ario

us

types

of

gro

und

□

Act

ions

required

for

const

ruct

ing r

amps

and f

orm

and s

hap

e st

ock

pile

s

□

Act

ions

required

for

gra

din

g,

spre

adin

g a

nd lev

ellin

g g

round

and m

ater

ials

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a cr

awle

r-tr

acto

r/doze

r

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

□

Ref

uel

ling p

roce

dure

s

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

89

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a, u

p a

nd d

ow

n a

slo

pe,

pas

sing

thro

ugh a

res

tric

tion a

nd t

rave

lling o

ver

rough t

erra

in

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prep

arin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

craw

ler-

trac

tor/

doze

r fo

r re

leva

nt

work

act

ivitie

s

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Pro

duci

ng a

str

aight

tren

ch t

o s

pec

ifie

d d

imen

sions

and

form

ing a

sto

ckpile

□

Sid

e ca

stin

g m

ater

ial fr

om

an e

mban

kmen

t to

spec

ifie

d

dim

ensi

ons

□

Const

ruct

ing r

amps

and f

orm

ing a

nd s

hap

ing s

tock

pile

s

□

Gra

din

g,

spre

adin

g a

nd lev

ellin

g g

round a

nd m

ater

ials

□

Rei

nst

atin

g t

he

work

are

a in

acc

ord

ance

with t

he

contr

act

info

rmat

ion

□

Park

ing t

he

craw

ler-

trac

tor/

doze

r

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a cr

awle

r-

trac

tor/

doze

r

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Ref

uel

ling p

roce

dure

s


90

Unit 22: Operating a Concrete Pump – Truck-mounted Boom


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding required to prepare for operating and operate truck-mounted boom concrete pumps to pump and discharge materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Concrete is a very important material which is used in new construction works as well as in renovations, refurbishments and upgrades. Concrete pumps are commonly used for in situ concrete operations for structures and components such as slabs, foundations and bridges. Operating a concrete pump safely is an important and transferable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a truck-mounted concrete pump. This includes identifying components, securing pipes and lines and dealing with blockages, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of the appropriate consistency of concrete for pumping. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a concrete pump. They will be able to demonstrate competence in pumping and pouring to the specified location and changing boom radius during the pour, as well as cleaning and dismantling the components ready for moving the truck. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

91

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el (

site

and h

ighw

ay)

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling t

he

vehic

le t

o a

n a

rea

of

work

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a co

ncr

ete

pum

p –

tru

ck-

mounte

d b

oom

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Confirm

ing t

he

posi

tion a

nd c

onfiguring t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r pum

pin

g d

uties

□

Proce

dure

s fo

r dep

loyi

ng t

he

outr

igger

s to

spec

ific

atio

n

(wher

e ap

plic

able

)

□

Arr

angin

g,

anch

oring a

nd s

ecuring a

ll pip

es a

nd lin

es

□

Confirm

ing a

giv

en m

ix is

suitab

le f

or

pum

pin

g

□

Proce

dure

s fo

r ar

rangin

g,

usi

ng a

nd c

om

ply

ing w

ith

com

munic

atio

n p

roce

dure

s

□

Direc

ting t

he

load

ing/m

ixer

veh

icle

to p

osi

tion

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

92

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r pum

pin

g a

nd c

ontr

olli

ng m

ater

ials

acc

ura

tely

to

the

des

ired

pour

loca

tion

□

Blo

ckag

e occ

urr

ence

s an

d s

olu

tion m

ethods

avai

lable

to

ove

rcom

e th

em

□

Act

ions

required

for

mai

nta

inin

g s

afe

work

ing s

ituat

ions

□

End-o

f-use

cle

anin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Road

tra

ffic

req

uirem

ents

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el (

site

and h

ighw

ay)

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling t

he

vehic

le t

o t

he

work

are

a an

d

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a co

ncr

ete

pum

p –

tr

uck

-mounte

d

boom

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Posi

tionin

g t

he

truck

and p

repar

ing f

or

the

rele

vant

work

fo

llow

ing t

he

giv

en p

ipel

ine

spec

ific

atio

n

□

Linin

g t

he

pip

es a

nd p

laci

ng h

ose

s w

ith s

uitab

le g

rout

□

Direc

ting t

he

mat

eria

l-ca

rryi

ng v

ehic

le into

posi

tion

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

93

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Pum

pin

g t

he

mat

eria

l to

the

pour

loca

tion w

hils

t fo

llow

ing

signal

s

□

Chan

gin

g t

he

boom

rad

ius

whils

t pum

pin

g m

ater

ial w

ith

end o

f hose

kep

t at

a c

onst

ant

hei

ght

□

Sto

ppin

g a

nd r

esta

rtin

g t

he

pour

during w

ork

□

Cle

anin

g t

he

pum

pin

g s

yste

m c

om

ponen

ts

□

Dis

man

tlin

g a

nd s

toring a

ll co

mponen

ts r

eady

for

the

move

men

t of

the

trai

ler

□

Par

king t

he

mac

hin

e

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


94

Unit 23: Operating a Tracked Loading Shovel

Unit reference number: H/503/6458

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating tracked loading shovels to extract materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

A tracked loading shovel is a loader which is used to place materials in transporting vehicles and other receptacles. Using tracks means that the load is spread over a large area, making such machines suitable for use in a variety of site conditions. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a tracked loading shovel. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to travel over rough terrain, inclines and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a tracked loading shovel. They will be able to demonstrate competence in loading a vehicle using materials from a stockpile, as well as in creating an upward ramp. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

95

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p m

achin

e fo

r si

te a

nd h

ighw

ay

trav

el

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

(lo

aded

and

unlo

aded

)

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ex

trac

tion a

nd

load

ing d

uties

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a tr

acke

d

load

ing s

hove

l

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

extr

acting d

iffe

ring t

ypes

of

mat

eria

ls

from

sto

ckpile

s an

d o

ther

sourc

es

□

Act

ions

required

for

form

ing s

tock

pile

s of

segre

gat

ed

mat

eria

ls a

nd c

onst

ruct

ing (

tem

pora

ry)

ram

ps

□

Act

ions

required

for

sort

ing a

nd p

laci

ng m

ater

ials

into

tr

ansp

ort

ing v

ehic

les

and r

ecep

tacl

es

□

Act

ions

required

for

spre

adin

g a

nd lev

ellin

g g

round a

nd

mat

eria

ls

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

96

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r si

te a

nd

hig

hw

ay t

rave

l

□

Tra

velli

ng a

nd m

anoeu

vrin

g in a

load

ed a

nd u

nlo

aded

sta

te,

up a

nd d

ow

n a

slo

pe,

sto

ppin

g a

nd s

tart

ing o

n t

he

slope

in

up a

nd d

ow

n d

irec

tions,

tra

velli

ng o

ver

rough t

erra

in,

reve

rsin

g (

load

ed o

nly

) in

a s

trai

ght

line

and p

assi

ng

thro

ugh a

res

tric

tion a

t th

e en

d o

f th

e ru

n

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prep

arin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ex

trac

tion a

nd

load

ing d

uties

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Cre

atin

g a

n u

pw

ard r

amp (

usi

ng m

ater

ial fr

om

a b

ank)

□

Load

ing m

ater

ial in

to a

veh

icle

□

Spre

adin

g a

nd lev

ellin

g g

round a

nd m

ater

ials

□

Cle

anin

g a

nd t

idyi

ng t

he

work

are

a

□

Par

king t

he

load

ing s

hove

l

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a tr

acke

d load

ing

shove

l

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


97

Unit 24: Operating a Motorised Scraper


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating motorised scrapers to extract, transport and distribute materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

A motorised scraper is a piece of heavy equipment which is used for earth-moving operations. It is very efficient on short haulages where cut and fill areas are close to each other. The blade attached to the scraper helps to carry out these operations. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a motorised scraper. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to carry out excavation and stockpiling operations and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant, and will be able to demonstrate competence in excavating and forming stockpiles as well as in making formation levels. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards –especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

98

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p m

achin

e fo

r tr

avel

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

– load

ed a

nd

unlo

aded

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Posi

tionin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e to

load

and d

eposi

t m

ater

ials

/gro

und

□

Fact

ors

that

ensu

re t

he

suitab

ility

of

the

load

ing a

nd

dep

osi

ting a

rea

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a m

oto

rise

d s

crap

er

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

exca

vating v

ario

us

types

of

gro

und

□

Act

ions

required

for

tran

sfer

ring a

nd d

eposi

ting load

s to

diffe

rent

loca

tions

□

Act

ions

required

for

form

ing s

tock

pile

s of

mat

eria

l

□

Act

ions

required

for

gra

din

g,

spre

adin

g a

nd lev

ellin

g g

round

and m

ater

ials

□

Act

ions

required

for

per

form

ing p

ush

load

ing t

echniq

ues

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

99

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r tr

avel

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a, t

rave

lling u

p a

nd d

ow

n a

slo

pe,

pas

sing t

hro

ugh a

res

tric

tion a

nd t

rave

lling o

ver

rough

terr

ain

□

Rev

ersi

ng into

a r

estr

icte

d a

rea

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prep

arin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

scra

per

for

rele

vant

work

ac

tivi

ties

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Exc

avat

ing a

giv

en a

rea

and f

orm

ing s

tock

pile

s as

in

stru

cted

□

Dep

osi

ting load

s to

form

atio

n lev

el a

nd d

isch

argin

g t

o a

uniform

len

gth

□

Park

ing t

he

moto

rise

d s

crap

er

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a m

oto

rise

d

scra

per

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


100

Unit 25: Operating a Crawler-Tractor – Side Boom


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding required for preparing and operating crawler-tractors with side boom to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

A crawler-tractor is a type of construction vehicle which instead of using wheels uses tracks. Using tracks means that the load is spread over a large area, making such machines suitable for use in a variety of site conditions. A number of attachments can be added to a crawler-tractor, such as a side boom, which enables the machine to lift and place heavy loads, for example large pipe sections. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a crawler-tractor with side boom. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to travel over rough terrain, inclines and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of how to balance loads to avoid swinging. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a crawler-tractor with side boom, and will be able to demonstrate competence in picking up and travelling with a steel pipe to and from a trench, as well as in stowing all the equipment safely. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

10

1

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a cr

awle

r-tr

acto

r – s

ide

boom

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r lif

ting d

uties

□

Rig

gin

g a

nd d

e-riggin

g p

roce

dure

s

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

10

2

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

pro

gra

mm

ing/s

etting u

p r

ated

cap

acity

indic

ators

for

lifting d

uties

□

Iden

tify

ing w

eights

and c

entr

es o

f gra

vity

of

load

s

□

Act

ions

required

for

lifting v

ario

us

load

s usi

ng t

he

full

radiu

s ca

pab

ilities

□

Act

ions

required

to a

ccura

tely

pla

ce load

s

□

Act

ions

required

to m

inim

ise

the

swin

gin

g o

f lo

ads

□

Act

ions

required

to m

ove

load

s th

rough m

achin

e tr

avel

□

Act

ions

required

for

com

ply

ing w

ith s

ignal

s an

d inst

ruct

ions

□

Act

ions

required

to m

ainta

in s

afe

work

ing s

ituat

ions

□

Prep

arin

g t

he

craw

ler-

trac

tor

– s

ide

boom

rea

dy

for

move

men

t af

ter

lifting d

uties

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a cr

awle

r-tr

acto

r –

side

boom

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a, u

p a

nd d

ow

n a

slo

pe,

pas

sing

thro

ugh a

res

tric

tion a

nd t

rave

lling o

ver

rough t

erra

in

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

10

3

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prep

arin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ea

ch lift

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Pic

king u

p s

teel

pip

ing a

nd t

rave

lling o

ver

rough t

erra

in

bef

ore

arr

ivin

g a

t a

tren

ch

□

Dep

osi

ting t

he

stee

l pip

e in

to t

he

tren

ch a

t a

giv

en p

osi

tion;

afte

r co

mple

ting,

det

achin

g t

he

pip

e

□

Att

achin

g a

nd r

emovi

ng t

he

pip

e fr

om

the

tren

ch a

nd

pla

cing b

ack

at t

he

origin

al s

tart

poin

t

□

Sto

win

g a

ll eq

uip

men

t an

d r

eturn

ing t

he

vehic

le t

o t

he

par

k posi

tion

□

Par

king t

he

mac

hin

e

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


104

Unit 26: Operating a Trencher


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating trenchers to extract materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Trenchers are used to dig trenches for laying drainage, pipes or cables. A trencher can be tracked, wheeled or chained and can be a mini or a portable one. Each type has its own application depending on the location or extent of work. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a trencher. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to carry out excavation in various soil types and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will also develop an understanding of working with different types of soils and how to maintain a consistent depth. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in cutting vertical trenches and straight excavations and placing materials in vehicles or receptacles. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

10

5

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p m

achin

e fo

r tr

avel

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ex

cava

ting

duties

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a tr

ench

er

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

pro

duci

ng c

ut

tren

ches

in v

ario

us

types

of

gro

und

□

Act

ions

required

for

pro

duci

ng c

onsi

sten

t dep

ths

of

cut

in

leve

l an

d u

nev

en g

round

□

Act

ions

required

for

cutt

ing t

rench

es u

p a

nd d

ow

n incl

ines

□

Tec

hniq

ues

use

d f

or

radiu

s cu

ttin

g

□

Act

ions

required

for

pla

cing m

ater

ials

into

tra

nsp

ort

ing

vehic

les/

rece

pta

cles

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

10

6

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r tr

avel

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a, t

rave

lling u

p a

nd d

ow

n a

slo

pe,

pas

sing t

hro

ugh a

res

tric

tion a

nd o

ver

rough t

erra

in

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prep

arin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ex

trac

tion d

uties

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Com

ple

ting 2

x v

ertica

l tr

ench

es in a

‘T’ fo

rmat

ion

□

Com

ple

ting a

str

aight

exca

vation w

ith v

ertica

l si

des

alo

ng

slopin

g g

round

□

Load

ing m

ater

ial in

to a

veh

icle

or

in w

indro

ws

□

Park

ing t

he

tren

cher

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a tr

ench

er

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


107

Unit 27: Operating a Crawler Crane


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating crawler cranes (above 10 tonnes) to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Lifting and moving loads is important across a range of industrial sectors such as construction, offshore and logistics. Cranes are generally used for lifting and moving operations and there are a number of crane varieties available. A crawler crane is a type of crane vehicle which is mounted on tracks. Using tracks means that the load is spread over a large area, making such machines suitable for use in a variety of site conditions without requiring any outriggers.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a crawler crane. This includes identifying components and understanding the use and limitations of tools, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of how to balance loads to avoid swinging. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a crawler crane and will be able to demonstrate competence in lifting, moving and landing loads in designated areas, using a variety of rope falls and moving through various radii. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

10

8

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks r

equired

to p

lace

th

e cr

ane

into

ser

vice

□

Proce

dure

s th

at m

ust

be

follo

wed

when

acc

essi

ng t

he

jib f

or

insp

ection a

nd m

ainte

nan

ce p

urp

ose

s

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r tr

avel

□

Pro

cedure

s re

quired

for

trav

ellin

g t

o a

n a

rea

of

work

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a cr

awle

r cr

ane

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r lif

ting d

uties

□

Rig

gin

g a

nd d

e-riggin

g p

roce

dure

s w

hen

fitting a

lat

tice

-ty

pe

exte

nsi

on

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

10

9

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

pro

gra

mm

ing/s

etting-u

p r

ated

cap

acity

indic

ators

for

lifting d

uties

□

Iden

tify

ing w

eights

and c

entr

es o

f gra

vity

of

load

s

□

Act

ions

required

for

lifting v

ario

us

load

s, u

sing t

he

full

radiu

s an

d s

lew

ing c

apab

ilities

of

the

craw

ler

cran

e

□

Act

ions

required

for

accu

rate

ly p

laci

ng load

s

□

Chan

gin

g f

alls

of

rope

on a

hook

blo

ck

□

Act

ions

required

for

min

imis

ing t

he

swin

gin

g o

f lo

ads

□

Act

ions

required

for

movi

ng load

s th

rough m

achin

e tr

avel

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith s

ignal

s an

d inst

ruct

ions

□

Act

ions

required

to m

ainta

in s

afe

work

ing s

ituat

ions

□

Prep

arin

g t

he

cran

e re

ady

for

mov

emen

t fr

om

lifting d

uties

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks,

funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks a

nd

pla

cing t

he

cran

e in

to s

ervi

ce

□

Saf

ely

com

ply

ing w

ith p

roce

dure

s fo

r ac

cess

ing t

he

jib f

or

insp

ection a

nd m

ainte

nan

ce p

urp

ose

s

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a cr

awle

r cr

ane

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r tr

avel

□

Tra

velli

ng t

he

craw

ler

cran

e to

an a

rea

of

work

thro

ugh a

re

strict

ion

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

11

0

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prep

arin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ea

ch lift

□

Chan

gin

g t

he

num

ber

of

falls

on t

he

hook

blo

ck f

rom

3 t

o 2

, or

2 t

o 3

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Lift

ing a

load

and lan

din

g a

t a

des

ignat

ed p

lace

; once

la

nded

, m

ovi

ng a

nd t

hen

rot

atin

g t

hro

ugh 3

60 d

egre

es;

landin

g t

he

load

at

mid

-rad

ius

at a

des

ignat

ed p

lace

□

Lift

ing a

load

usi

ng t

hre

e fa

lls o

f ro

pe,

rota

ting f

or

270

deg

rees

and lan

din

g a

t a

des

ignat

ed p

lace

□

Lift

ing a

load

fro

m a

gro

und lev

el a

nd r

ota

ting t

hro

ugh 3

60

deg

rees

mai

nta

inin

g m

inim

um

rad

ius;

lan

din

g a

t a

des

ignat

ed p

lace

□

Lift

ing a

load

fro

m a

giv

en p

oin

t an

d lan

din

g a

t a

des

ignat

ed p

lace

out

of

sight

□

Lift

ing a

load

usi

ng t

wo f

alls

of

rope

from

a d

esig

nat

ed

posi

tion a

nd t

rave

lling w

ith t

he

load

; w

hils

t tr

avel

ling,

exec

uting a

90 d

egre

e tu

rn

□

Rec

ove

ring s

imula

ted 2

-met

re load

sw

ings

□

Mak

ing s

afe

all lo

ads

afte

r ea

ch a

ctiv

ity

□

Par

king t

he

mac

hin

e

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


111

Unit 28: Operating a Tower Crane


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 10


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for operating tower cranes to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Lifting and moving loads is important across a range of industrial sectors such as construction, offshore and logistics. Cranes are generally used for lifting and moving operations, and there are a number of crane varieties available. A tower crane is used for construction of tall structures, and comprises a long jib, a counter short jib, slewing equipment, a base and a mast. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a tower crane. This includes identifying components and understanding how to select lifting accessories, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of how to balance loads to avoid swinging. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a tower crane and will be able to demonstrate competence in lifting, moving and landing loads in designated areas through various radii. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

11

2

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks r

equired

to p

lace

th

e to

wer

cra

ne

into

ser

vice

□

Proce

dure

s th

at m

ust

be

follo

wed

when

acc

essi

ng t

he

jib f

or

insp

ection a

nd m

ainte

nan

ce p

urp

ose

s

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a to

wer

cr

ane

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r lif

ting d

uties

□

Rea

sons

for

chan

gin

g t

he

num

ber

of

falls

of

rope

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

11

3

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

pro

gra

mm

ing/s

etting-u

p r

ated

cap

acity

indic

ators

and/o

r oth

er load

/dis

tance

indic

ators

for

lifting

duties

□

Act

ions

required

for

lifting v

ario

us

load

s usi

ng t

he

full

radiu

s an

d s

lew

ing c

apab

ilities

of

a to

wer

cra

ne

□

Act

ions

required

for

ensu

ring load

bal

ance

, se

curity

and

inte

grity

□

Act

ions

required

for

accu

rate

ly p

laci

ng load

s

□

Act

ions

required

for

min

imis

ing t

he

swin

gin

g o

f lo

ads

□

Act

ions

required

for

movi

ng load

s th

rough m

achin

e tr

avel

(w

her

e ap

plic

able

)

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith s

ignal

s an

d inst

ruct

ions

□

Act

ions

required

to m

ainta

in s

afe

work

ing s

ituat

ions

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Prep

arin

g t

he

cran

e fo

r out-

of-

serv

ice,

iso

lation a

nd

secu

ring p

roce

dure

s

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a to

wer

cra

ne

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks,

funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks a

nd

pla

cing t

he

tow

er c

rane

into

ser

vice

□

Saf

ely

com

ply

ing w

ith p

roce

dure

s fo

r ac

cess

ing t

he

jib f

or

insp

ection a

nd m

ainte

nan

ce p

urp

ose

s

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

11

4

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.2

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r lif

ting d

uties

□

Chan

gin

g t

he

num

ber

of

falls

of

rope

safe

ly

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.3

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Lift

ing a

load

, ro

tating f

or

180 d

egre

es w

ithout

chan

gin

g

radiu

s bef

ore

lan

din

g t

he

load

; af

ter

com

ple

ting,

lifting a

nd

landin

g t

he

load

at

a des

ignat

ed p

lace

□

Lift

ing a

load

, ro

tating o

ver

the

stru

cture

and lan

din

g in a

des

ignat

ed p

lace

; af

ter

com

ple

ting,

retu

rnin

g t

he

load

to

the

origin

al s

tart

poin

t an

d lan

din

g a

t a

des

ignat

ed p

lace

□

Lift

ing a

load

at

gro

und lev

el a

nd r

ota

ting –

mai

nta

inin

g

min

imum

of

75%

rad

ius;

lan

din

g t

he

load

at

a des

ignat

ed

pla

ce

□

Lift

ing a

load

fro

m a

des

ignat

ed p

osi

tion a

nd lan

din

g in a

des

ignat

ed p

lace

out

of

sight

□

Sim

ula

ting p

ouring a

wal

l by

trav

ellin

g a

load

in a

str

aight

line

for

a des

ignat

ed d

ista

nce

□

Rec

ove

ring s

imula

ted 2

-met

re load

sw

ings

□

Mak

ing s

afe

all lo

ads

afte

r ea

ch a

ctiv

ity

2.4

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Plac

ing t

he

cran

e in

out-

of-

serv

ice

mode

□

Car

ryin

g o

ut

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


115

Unit 29: Operating a Lorry Loader


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating lorry loaders/knuckle boom cranes to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Lorry loaders are used in the construction industry to move and lift loads and can carry out tasks traditionally undertaken by mobile and tower cranes. On smaller machines, the crane is integral to the lorry loader. Care should be taken to plan lifting operations with the size of the plant in view. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a lorry loader. This includes identifying components and understanding the use and limitations of tools, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of how to balance loads to avoid swinging. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a lorry loader and will be able to demonstrate competence in lifting, placing, moving and securing loads ready for travel. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

11

6

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring t

he

vehic

le a

nd load

er c

rane

for

trav

el

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling t

he

vehic

le t

o a

n a

rea

of

work

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a lo

rry

load

er

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Posi

tionin

g a

nd c

onfiguring t

he

vehic

le a

nd load

er c

rane

for

lifting d

uties

□

Act

ions

required

for

dep

loyi

ng t

he

outr

igger

s/st

abili

sers

to

spec

ific

atio

n

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

11

7

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

pro

gra

mm

ing/s

etting-u

p r

ated

cap

acity

or

load

mom

ent

indic

ators

for

lifting d

uties

□

Iden

tify

ing w

eights

and c

entr

es o

f gra

vity

of

load

s

□

Act

ions

required

for

lifting v

ario

us

load

s, u

sing t

he

full

radiu

s an

d s

lew

ing c

apab

ilities

of

the

load

er c

rane

□

Act

ions

required

for

accu

rate

ly p

laci

ng load

s at

gro

und lev

el

and o

n/i

nto

a v

ehic

le

□

Act

ions

required

for

atta

chin

g a

nd u

sing b

oom

ext

ensi

ons

□

Act

ions

required

for

min

imis

ing t

he

swin

gin

g o

f lo

ads

□

Act

ions

required

for

secu

ring load

s on/i

n t

he

vehic

le

□

Lift

ing a

cces

sories

com

pat

ible

with load

er c

rane

use

□

Act

ions

required

to m

ainta

in s

afe

work

ing s

ituat

ions

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks o

n t

he

host

veh

icle

and load

er c

rane

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a lo

rry

load

er

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

vehic

le a

nd load

er c

rane

for

road

tra

vel (l

oad

ed a

nd u

nlo

aded

)

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o a

nd w

ithin

the

work

are

a (l

oad

ed a

nd

unlo

aded

)

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

11

8

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Posi

tionin

g t

he

vehic

le,

pre

par

ing a

nd s

etting t

he

cran

e an

d

load

for

each

lift

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Rev

ersi

ng into

a r

estr

icte

d a

rea

□

Lift

ing 3

load

s an

d p

laci

ng t

hem

onto

the

vehic

le b

ed

□

Sec

uring a

ll lo

ads

in p

repar

atio

n f

or

trav

el

□

Rem

ovi

ng a

nd p

laci

ng t

he

3 loa

ds

to d

iffe

rent

loca

tions

□

Sto

win

g a

ll eq

uip

men

t an

d r

eturn

ing t

he

vehic

le t

o t

he

par

k posi

tion

□

Park

ing t

he

vehic

le

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


119

Unit 30: Performing Slinger/ Signaller Duties


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for slinging and signalling the movement of loads (secondary role) in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

This unit is designed for those undertaking slinger/signaller duties in a secondary or part-time role in support of a learner’s main occupation. Other units of competence exist for those undertaking slinging and signalling as a main occupation.

Although slinger and signaller perform different tasks, usually one person is trained to perform both jobs. Their role in lifting and movement operations is important and the skills to carry out slinging and signalling competently are valuable, not only in the construction industry but wherever cranes are used to lift and move loads.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to carry out slinging and signalling duties. This includes identifying components and understanding the use and limitations of lifting accessories, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of how to balance loads to avoid swinging. Learners will apply this knowledge to demonstrate competence in selecting the right accessory and carrying out signalling and slinging duties to safely lift, move and land loads in designated areas. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

12

0

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

pro

cedure

s fo

r obta

inin

g

info

rmat

ion a

nd p

repar

ing lifting

acce

ssories

for

wor

k ac

tivi

ties

□

Purp

ose

, co

nst

ruct

ion,

contr

ols

and t

erm

inolo

gy

of

diffe

ring

types

of

lifting a

cces

sories

□

Man

ufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

tec

hnic

al d

ata,

oth

er

types

of

info

rmat

ion s

ourc

e an

d r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and

legis

lation

□

Inte

rpre

ting a

nd e

xtra

ctin

g info

rmat

ion o

n a

ll re

leva

nt

docu

men

tation

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks o

n n

on-s

pec

ialis

t lif

ting a

cces

sories

and

iden

tifica

tion o

f non

-ser

vice

able

ite

ms

□

Proce

dure

s fo

r pla

cing n

on-s

ervi

ceab

le ite

ms

out-

of-

serv

ice

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

per

form

sl

inger

/sig

nal

ler

duties

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p a

nd

pre

par

e th

e w

ork

are

a, a

nd t

he

pro

cedure

s re

quired

to iden

tify

, se

lect

and u

se lifting a

cces

sories

□

Iden

tify

ing c

entr

es o

f gra

vity

and e

stim

atin

g w

eights

of

load

s

□

Act

ions

required

to p

repar

e th

e ar

ea o

f oper

atio

n f

or

carr

ying o

ut

lifting d

uties

□

Sel

ecting r

elev

ant

lifting a

cces

sory

for

a giv

en load

□

Act

ions

required

for

dea

ling w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

12

1

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

secu

ring v

ario

us

types

of

load

to a

lif

ting h

ook,

usi

ng t

he

rele

vant

lifting a

cces

sory

and

follo

win

g c

orr

ect

pro

cedure

s

□

Ensu

ring load

bal

ance

, se

curity

and inte

grity

□

Proce

sses

req

uired

for

direc

ting a

nd g

uid

ing t

he

move

men

t of

load

s to

diffe

rent

types

of

loca

tion

□

Act

ions

required

for

accu

rate

ly p

laci

ng load

s

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith o

rgan

isat

ional

com

munic

atio

n p

roce

dure

s

□

Mai

nta

inin

g s

afe

work

ing s

ituat

ions

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to c

om

ple

te t

he

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Out-

of-

serv

ice

and s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s fo

r lif

ting

acce

ssories

and t

he

work

are

a

2.1

O

bta

in a

nd e

xtra

ct r

elev

ant

lift

info

rmat

ion,

and p

repar

e lif

ting

acce

ssories

for

use

□

Chec

king e

quip

men

t fo

r fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

se

rvic

eabili

ty

□

Iden

tify

ing a

nd im

poundin

g a

ll unse

rvic

eable

ite

ms

□

Iden

tify

ing c

ertifica

tion n

ot

mee

ting c

urr

ent

legis

lation o

r re

gula

tions

2

Be

able

to p

erfo

rm

slin

ger

/sig

nal

ler

duties

2.2

Set

up t

he

work

are

a fo

r lif

ting

duties

and s

elec

t lif

ting

acce

ssories

□

Est

ablis

hin

g t

he

wei

ght

and f

eatu

res

of

each

load

prior

to

lifting

□

Est

ablis

hin

g c

om

munic

atio

n m

ethods

(vis

ual

and w

ith

radio

s) w

ith t

he

cran

e oper

ator

□

Sel

ecting t

he

rele

vant

lifting a

cces

sory

for

the

load

to b

e lif

ted

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

12

2

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.3

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Att

achin

g t

he

sele

ctio

n lifting a

cces

sory

and p

repar

ing e

ach

load

for

lifting

□

Lift

ing a

load

fro

m g

round lev

el,

guid

ing a

nd lan

din

g in a

des

ignat

ed p

lace

out

of

sight

of

the

cran

e oper

ator;

aft

er

landin

g,

retu

rnin

g t

he

load

to t

he

origin

al s

tart

poin

t,

landin

g a

t a

des

ignat

ed p

lace

and d

etac

hin

g t

he

acce

ssory

□

Lift

ing a

load

fro

m g

round lev

el,

guid

ing t

o m

axim

um

rad

ius

of

the

cran

e, s

lew

ing f

or

at lea

st 1

80 d

egre

es a

nd lan

din

g

at a

des

ignat

ed p

lace

, m

id r

adiu

s; a

fter

lan

din

g,

det

achin

g

the

acce

ssory

□

Lift

ing a

load

fro

m g

round lev

el,

guid

ing t

o a

min

imum

ra

diu

s of

the

cran

e, s

lew

ing f

or

at lea

st 3

60 d

egre

es a

nd

landin

g a

t a

des

ignat

ed p

lace

, in

volv

ing a

chan

ge

of

radiu

s;

afte

r la

ndin

g,

det

achin

g t

he

acce

ssory

2.4

Com

ple

te t

he

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Mak

ing s

afe

all lo

ads

follo

win

g e

ach a

ctiv

ity

□

Colle

ctin

g a

nd s

toring a

ll lif

ting a

cces

sories


123

Unit 31: Operating a Mobile Crane


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating mobile cranes to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Lifting and moving loads is important across a range of industrial sectors such as construction, offshore and logistics. Cranes are generally used for lifting and moving operations, and there are a number of crane varieties available. A mobile crane is mounted on carriers, which can be either crawler or with tyres. Such cranes have a telescopic boom and are generally hydraulically operated.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a mobile crane. This includes identifying components and understanding the use and limitations of tools, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of how to balance loads to avoid swinging. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a mobile crane, and will be able to demonstrate competence in lifting, moving and landing loads in designated areas through various radii. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

12

4

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks r

equired

to p

lace

th

e cr

ane

into

ser

vice

□

Proce

dure

s th

at m

ust

be

follo

wed

when

acc

essi

ng t

he

jib f

or

insp

ection a

nd m

ainte

nan

ce p

urp

ose

s

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r tr

avel

(si

te a

nd

hig

hw

ay)

□

Pro

cedure

s re

quired

for

trav

ellin

g t

o a

n a

rea

of

work

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a m

obile

cr

ane

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

cran

e fo

r lif

ting d

uties

□

Dep

loyi

ng o

utr

igger

s to

spec

ific

atio

n (

wher

e ap

plic

able

)

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

12

5

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

pro

gra

mm

ing/s

etting-u

p r

ated

cap

acity

indic

ators

for

lifting d

uties

□

Iden

tify

ing w

eights

and c

entr

es o

f gra

vity

of

load

s

□

Act

ions

required

for

lifting v

ario

us

load

s usi

ng t

he

full

radiu

s an

d s

lew

ing c

apab

ilities

of

a cr

ane

□

Tec

hniq

ues

for

accu

rate

ly p

laci

ng load

s

□

Act

ions

required

for

chan

gin

g f

alls

of

rope

on a

hook

blo

ck

□

Act

ions

required

for

min

imis

ing t

he

swin

gin

g o

f lo

ads

□

Act

ions

required

for

movi

ng load

s th

rough m

achin

e tr

avel

(w

her

e ap

plic

able

)

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith s

ignal

s an

d inst

ruct

ions

□

Act

ions

required

to m

ainta

in s

afe

work

ing s

ituat

ions

□

Rig

gin

g a

nd d

e-riggin

g p

roce

dure

s w

hen

fitting f

ly jib

s or

boom

ext

ensi

ons

□

Dis

man

tlin

g t

he

cran

e in

pre

par

atio

n o

f m

ove

men

t

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a m

obile

cra

ne

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks,

funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

12

6

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r tr

avel

(si

te a

nd

hig

hw

ay)

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a an

d r

ever

sing into

a r

estr

icte

d

spac

e

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prep

arin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ea

ch lift

□

Chan

gin

g t

he

num

ber

of

falls

on t

he

hook

blo

ck f

rom

2 t

o 3

, or

3 t

o 2

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Lift

ing a

load

at

a des

ignat

ed p

lace

; m

ovi

ng b

ack

to a

nd

rota

ting;

landin

g t

he

load

at

mid

-rad

ius

at a

des

ignat

ed

pla

ce

□

Lift

ing a

load

and s

imula

ting a

concr

ete

pouring e

xerc

ise;

la

ndin

g t

he

load

at

a des

ignat

ed p

lace

□

Lift

ing a

load

usi

ng t

hre

e fa

lls o

f ro

pe

and lan

din

g a

t a

des

ignat

ed p

lace

□

Lift

ing a

load

usi

ng a

min

imum

rad

ius

and r

ota

te

mai

nta

inin

g m

inim

um

rad

ius;

lan

din

g t

he

load

at

a des

ignat

ed p

lace

□

Lift

ing a

load

fro

m a

giv

en p

oin

t an

d lan

din

g a

t a

des

ignat

ed p

lace

out

of

sight

□

Rec

ove

ring s

imula

ted 2

-met

re load

sw

ings

□

Mak

ing s

afe

all lo

ads

afte

r ea

ch a

ctiv

ity

□

Configuring t

he

cran

e fo

r tr

avel

□

Par

king t

he

mac

hin

e

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

12

7

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


128

Unit 32: Operating a Pedestrian Operated Tower Crane


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating pedestrian operated tower cranes to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Lifting and moving loads is important across a range of industrial sectors such as construction, offshore and logistics. Cranes are generally used for lifting and moving operations. There are a number of crane varieties available. A tower crane is used for constructing tall structures and comprises a long jib, a counter short jib, slewing equipment, a base and a mast. If the operator is working from the ground, the crane is a pedestrian operated tower crane or POTC.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a POTC. This includes identifying components and understanding how to select lifting accessories, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of how to balance loads to avoid swinging. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a POTC and will be able to demonstrate competence in lifting, moving and landing loads in designated areas through various radii. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

12

9

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks r

equired

to p

lace

th

e ped

estr

ian o

per

ated

tow

er c

rane

(PO

TC)

into

ser

vice

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a ped

estr

ian

oper

ated

tow

er

cran

e 1.2

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

POTC f

or

lifting d

uties

□

Iden

tify

ing c

entr

es o

f gra

vity

and e

stim

atin

g w

eights

of

load

s

□

Act

ions

required

for

sele

ctin

g a

nd u

sing lifting a

cces

sories

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

13

0

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

secu

ring v

ario

us

types

of

load

to a

lif

ting h

ook

usi

ng t

he

rele

vant

lifting a

cces

sory

and

follo

win

g c

orr

ect

pro

cedure

s

□

Act

ions

required

for

ensu

ring load

bal

ance

, se

curity

and

inte

grity

□

Act

ions

required

for

lifting v

ario

us

load

s usi

ng t

he

full

radiu

s an

d s

lew

ing c

apab

ilities

of

a PO

TC

□

Act

ions

required

for

accu

rate

ly p

laci

ng load

s

□

Act

ions

required

for

atta

chin

g a

nd u

sing b

oom

ext

ensi

ons

and f

ly jib

s

□

Act

ions

required

for

min

imis

ing t

he

swin

gin

g o

f lo

ads

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith s

ignal

s an

d inst

ruct

ions

□

Act

ions

required

to m

ainta

in s

afe

work

ing s

ituat

ions

□

Alter

ing h

ois

t ro

pe

falls

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Prep

arin

g t

he

cran

e fo

r out-

of-

serv

ice,

iso

lation a

nd

secu

ring p

roce

dure

s

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a ped

estr

ian

oper

ated

tow

er

cran

e

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks,

funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks a

nd

pla

cing t

he

PO

TC into

ser

vice

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

13

1

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.2

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

POTC f

or

lifting d

uties

□

Saf

ely

iden

tify

ing c

entr

es o

f gra

vity

and e

stim

atin

g w

eights

of

load

s

□

Sel

ecting a

nd u

sing lifting a

cces

sories

saf

ely

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.3

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Lift

ing a

load

, ro

tating t

hro

ugh 1

80 d

egre

es w

ithout

chan

gin

g r

adiu

s bef

ore

lan

din

g a

t m

inim

um

rad

ius;

aft

er

com

ple

ting,

lifting a

nd lan

din

g t

he

load

in a

des

ignat

ed

pla

ce a

t m

id r

adiu

s

□

Lift

ing a

load

at

mid

rad

ius

and r

ota

ting o

ver

a st

ruct

ure

an

d lan

din

g in a

des

ignat

ed p

ositio

n a

t 75%

rad

ius;

aft

er

com

ple

ting,

retu

rnin

g t

he

load

to t

he

origin

al s

tart

poin

t an

d lan

din

g in a

des

ignat

ed p

lace

□

Lift

ing a

load

at

min

imum

rad

ius

and r

ota

ting t

hro

ugh 3

60

deg

rees

and lan

din

g in a

des

ignat

ed p

lace

□

Sim

ula

ting p

ouring a

wal

l by

trav

ellin

g a

load

in a

str

aight

line

for

a des

ignat

ed d

ista

nce

□

Rec

ove

ring s

imula

ted 2

-met

re load

sw

ings

□

Lift

ing a

load

fro

m a

giv

en p

oin

t an

d lan

din

g in a

des

ignat

ed

pla

ce o

ut

of

sight

□

Mak

ing s

afe

all lo

ads

afte

r ea

ch a

ctiv

ity

2.4

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Plac

ing t

he

POTC in o

ut-

of-

serv

ice

mode

□

Car

ryin

g o

ut

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


132

Unit 33: Operating a Compact Crane


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding required to operate compact cranes to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Lifting and moving loads is important across a range of industrial sectors such as construction, offshore and logistics. Cranes are generally used for lifting and moving operations. There are a number of crane varieties available. As the name suggests, compact cranes are useful when there is restricted workspace or where lifting is required to inaccessible areas.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a compact crane. This includes identifying components and understanding the use and limitations of tools, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of how to balance loads to avoid swinging. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a compact crane and will be able to demonstrate competence in lifting, moving and landing loads in designated areas. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

13

3

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r tr

avel

□

Pro

cedure

s re

quired

for

trav

ellin

g t

o a

n a

rea

of

work

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a co

mpac

t cr

ane

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

cran

e fo

r lif

ting d

uties

□

Act

ions

required

for

pro

gra

mm

ing/s

etting u

p r

ated

cap

acity

indic

ators

or

load

mom

ent

indic

ators

for

lifting d

uties

□

Iden

tify

ing w

eights

and c

entr

es o

f gra

vity

of

load

s

□

Dep

loyi

ng o

utr

igger

s to

spec

ific

atio

n (

wher

e ap

plic

able

)

□

Funct

ion,

use

and lim

itat

ions

of

jib e

xten

sions

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

13

4

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

lifting v

ario

us

load

s usi

ng t

he

full

radiu

s an

d s

lew

ing c

apab

ilities

of

a cr

ane

□

Tec

hniq

ues

for

accu

rate

ly p

laci

ng load

s

□

Act

ions

required

for

min

imis

ing t

he

swin

gin

g o

f lo

ads

□

Act

ions

required

for

movi

ng load

s th

rough m

achin

e tr

avel

(w

her

e ap

plic

able

)

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith s

ignal

s an

d inst

ruct

ions

□

Act

ions

required

to m

ainta

in s

afe

work

ing s

ituat

ions

□

Typ

es o

f lif

ting a

cces

sories

com

pat

ible

with c

om

pac

t cr

ane

use

□

Lim

itat

ions

of

slin

gin

g w

ith c

om

pac

t cr

anes

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

□

Proce

dure

s fo

r lif

ting a

nd/o

r to

win

g

□

Ref

uel

ling p

roce

dure

s

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks,

funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a co

mpac

t cr

ane

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r tr

avel

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a an

d m

anoeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d

spac

es

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

13

5

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Pre

par

ing a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r lif

ting d

uties

□

Progra

mm

ing/s

etting u

p r

ated

cap

acity

indic

ators

or

load

m

om

ent

indic

ators

for

lifting d

uties

□

Iden

tify

ing w

eights

and c

entr

es o

f gra

vity

□

Dep

loyi

ng o

utr

igger

s to

spec

ific

atio

n

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Lift

ing load

s an

d lan

din

g a

t m

inim

um

rad

ius

at a

des

ignat

ed

pla

ce

□

Lift

ing a

nd t

rave

lling w

ith load

s an

d lan

din

g a

t a

des

ignat

ed

pla

ce

□

Mak

ing s

afe

all lo

ads

afte

r ea

ch a

ctiv

ity

□

Par

king t

he

mac

hin

e

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


136

Unit 34: Operating a Crusher


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating crushers to process materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Crushers are used to break down large rocks into aggregates of specified sizes. Crushers are also used for recycling and disposal of materials. During a crushing operation, sufficient force has to be applied to break or crush the material. Once crushed, the material or aggregate is sorted according to the specified grading. A crusher can be fixed or can be a mobile unit carrying out operations on site.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a crusher. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to crush and sort material and to travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of a material’s suitability for crushing. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a crusher, and will be able to demonstrate competence in converting uncrushed material into processed material of a specified grade. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

13

7

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p m

achin

e fo

r tr

avel

(m

obile

units)

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round a

nd

leve

l su

rfac

es (

mobile

units)

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

(mobile

units)

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a cr

ush

er

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

crush

ing d

uties

to p

roduce

ag

gre

gat

e to

spec

ifie

d s

izes

□

Pro

cedure

s en

suring s

uitab

ility

of

the

dis

char

ge

area

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

13

8

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

crush

ing d

iffe

ring t

ypes

of

mat

eria

ls

□

Act

ions

required

for

sort

ing m

ater

ials

into

gra

ded

siz

es

□

Act

ions

required

for

contr

olli

ng a

nd m

ainta

inin

g t

he

work

flow

rat

e

□

Appro

priat

e co

mm

unic

atio

n p

roce

dure

s bef

ore

and d

uring

work

□

Proce

dure

s fo

r re

movi

ng b

lock

ages

and f

ore

ign o

bje

cts

□

Cle

anin

g d

ow

n t

he

mac

hin

e an

d w

ork

ing a

rea

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el (

mobile

units)

□

Tra

velli

ng o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round a

nd lev

el s

urf

aces

an

d m

anoeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d a

reas

(m

obile

units)

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a cr

ush

er

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Cer

tify

ing t

hat

the

crush

er is

site

d a

ppro

priat

ely

and is

stab

le,

leve

l an

d c

onfigure

d f

or

crush

ing d

uties

□

Ensu

ring d

isch

arge

area

(s)

are

suitab

le

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

13

9

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Ensu

ring t

he

mat

eria

l is

suitab

le f

or

crush

ing a

nd s

etting

the

crush

er f

or

the

giv

en s

pec

ific

atio

n

□

Agre

eing t

he

work

pro

cess

and s

ignal

s w

ith o

ther

s in

volv

ed

in t

he

crush

ing p

roce

ss

□

Sta

rtin

g t

he

crush

er a

nd e

ngag

ing a

ll sy

stem

s

□

Conve

rtin

g u

ncr

ush

ed m

ater

ial in

to p

roce

ssed

mat

eria

l of

a sp

ecifie

d g

rade

□

Oper

atin

g t

he

crush

er u

ntil a

stock

pile

is

pro

duce

d t

o

required

hei

ght

□

Car

ryin

g o

ut

emer

gen

cy s

top o

f oper

atio

ns

during t

he

crush

ing p

roce

ss

□

Cle

arin

g a

ll m

ater

ial fr

om

the

crush

er a

nd im

med

iate

are

a

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


140

Unit 35: Operating a Screener

Unit reference number: R/503/6441

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating screeners to process materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Screeners are used to sift through material such as gravel, aggregates and topsoil, and sort it according to the required sizes. Screeners are also used for recycling and disposal of materials. A screener can be fixed or can be a mobile unit carrying out operations on site. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a screener. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to screen and sort material and to travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an understanding of how to deal with blockages. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a screener and will be able to demonstrate competence in screening material into three different sizes and forming stockpiles. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

14

1

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p m

achin

e fo

r tr

avel

(m

obile

units)

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round a

nd

leve

l su

rfac

es (

mobile

units)

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

(mobile

units)

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a sc

reen

er

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

scre

enin

g d

uties

to p

roduce

ag

gre

gat

e to

spec

ifie

d s

izes

□

Pro

cedure

s en

suring s

uitab

ility

of

the

dis

char

ge

area

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

14

2

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

scre

enin

g d

iffe

ring t

ypes

of

mat

eria

ls

□

Act

ions

required

for

sort

ing m

ater

ials

into

gra

ded

siz

es

□

Act

ions

required

for

contr

olli

ng a

nd m

ainta

inin

g t

he

work

flow

rat

e

□

Appro

priat

e co

mm

unic

atio

n p

roce

dure

s bef

ore

and d

uring

work

□

Proce

dure

s fo

r re

movi

ng b

lock

ages

and f

ore

ign o

bje

cts

□

Cle

anin

g d

ow

n t

he

mac

hin

e an

d w

ork

ing a

rea

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el (

mobile

units)

□

Tra

velli

ng o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round a

nd lev

el s

urf

aces

an

d m

anoeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d a

reas

(m

obile

units)

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a sc

reen

er

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Cer

tify

ing t

hat

the

scre

ener

is

site

d a

ppro

priat

ely

and is

stab

le,

leve

l an

d c

onfigure

d f

or

scre

enin

g d

uties

□

Ensu

ring d

isch

arge

area

(s)

are

suitab

le

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

14

3

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Ensu

ring t

he

mat

eria

l is

suitab

le f

or

scre

enin

g a

nd s

etting

the

scre

ener

for

the

giv

en s

pec

ific

atio

n

□

Agre

eing t

he

work

pro

cess

and s

ignal

s w

ith o

ther

s in

volv

ed

in t

he

scre

enin

g p

roce

ss

□

Sta

rtin

g t

he

scre

ener

and e

ngag

ing a

ll sy

stem

s

□

Scr

eenin

g m

ater

ial in

to a

t le

ast

thre

e diffe

rent

size

s

□

Oper

atin

g t

he

scre

ener

until a

stock

pile

is

pro

duce

d t

o

required

hei

ght

□

Car

ryin

g o

ut

emer

gen

cy s

top o

f oper

atio

ns

□

Cle

arin

g a

ll m

ater

ial fr

om

the

scre

ener

and im

med

iate

are

a

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


144

Unit 36: Operating a Dragline


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating draglines to extract materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

A dragline is a piece of heavy equipment used in civil engineering and mining and is considered to be one of the largest pieces of mobile equipment ever built. A dragline is most efficient and is frequently used where excavation is required below the base. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a dragline. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to carry out excavation in various soil types and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will develop an understanding of lifting requirements. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in excavating, stockpiling and placing materials in vehicles or receptacles. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

14

5

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p m

achin

e fo

r tr

avel

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ex

cava

ting

duties

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

exca

vating d

iffe

rent

types

of

exca

vations

in v

ario

us

types

of

gro

und

□

Act

ions

required

for

pla

cing m

ater

ials

into

tra

nsp

ort

ing

vehic

les

and r

ecep

tacl

es

□

Act

ions

required

for

adju

stin

g t

he

tippin

g r

ope

for

diffe

rent

mat

eria

ls

□

Lift

ing r

equirem

ents

that

affec

t th

e oper

atio

n o

f a

dra

glin

e

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a dra

glin

e

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

14

6

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r tr

avel

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a, u

p a

nd d

ow

n a

slo

pe,

pas

sing

thro

ugh a

res

tric

tion a

nd t

rave

lling o

ver

rough t

erra

in

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prep

arin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

dra

glin

e fo

r th

e re

leva

nt

work

ac

tivi

ties

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Exc

avat

ing s

oil

and f

orm

ing t

wo s

tock

pile

s

□

Load

ing m

ater

ial in

to a

veh

icle

/rec

epta

cle

□

Par

king t

he

dra

glin

e

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a dra

glin

e

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


147

Unit 37: Operating a Piling Rig – Tripod


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for operating a tripod piling rig to construct and form in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

A piling rig is used to drill in various types of soil so that piles can be formed. It is generally used for foundation construction in buildings, bridges and so on. It can bore through dry or wet soil and also through rock when an appropriate tool is attached. The tripod rig is lightweight and is suitable for sites with difficult access and low headroom. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a tripod piling rig. This includes identifying components, understanding procedures to accurately form piles and carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in forming piles and ensuring that they are plumb. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

14

8

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring,

posi

tionin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r drive

n a

nd b

ore

d w

ork

s

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

accu

rate

ly f

orm

ing b

ore

d p

iles

to

com

ple

tion

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith s

ignal

s an

d inst

ruct

ions

□

Mai

nta

inin

g s

afe

work

ing s

ituat

ions

□

Lift

ing r

equirem

ents

and lim

itat

ions

usi

ng a

tripod p

iling r

ig

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a pili

ng r

ig

– t

ripod

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut-

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

De-

riggin

g t

he

trip

od a

nd p

repar

ing f

or

move

men

t

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a pili

ng r

ig –

tripod

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks,

funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

14

9

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.2

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Posi

tionin

g r

ig a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

boring w

ork

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.3

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Form

ing b

ore

d p

iles

to s

pec

ific

atio

n

□

Ensu

ring t

he

bore

is

plu

mb t

hro

ughout

the

boring a

ctiv

ity

2.4

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Car

ryin

g o

ut

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Cle

anin

g t

he

area

and d

ism

antlin

g t

he

rig r

eady

for

tran

sport

atio

n


150

Unit 38: Operating a Piling Rig – Driven Below 15 Tonnes


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for operating a driven piling rig to construct and form in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

A driven piling rig is used to drive piles into soil so that buildings and other structures can be supported. Such a rig can use different attachments for drilling depending on the work requirements. This category of rig is light and versatile and can be used over ground with low bearing capacity. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a piling rig – driven below 15 tonnes. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to accurately drive piles and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in installing displacement piles and ensuring that they are plumb. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

15

1

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e re

ady

for

trav

el

□

Act

ions

required

for

trav

ellin

g o

ver

rough,

undula

ting

gro

und

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring,

posi

tionin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r drive

n w

ork

s

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

accu

rate

ly inst

allin

g d

ispla

cem

ent

pile

s to

com

ple

tion

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith s

ignal

s an

d inst

ruct

ions

□

Mai

nta

inin

g s

afe

work

ing s

ituat

ions

□

Lift

ing r

equirem

ents

and lim

itat

ions

usi

ng a

pili

ng r

ig

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a pili

ng r

ig

– d

rive

n b

elow

15

tonnes

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut-

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

De-

riggin

g,

load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

15

2

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks,

funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a an

d n

egotiat

ing r

estr

ictions

and

obst

acle

s

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring,

pre

par

ing a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

rig f

or

drive

n

work

s

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Inst

allin

g g

iven

dis

pla

cem

ent

pile

s to

the

giv

en s

pec

ific

atio

n

□

Ensu

ring t

he

bore

is

plu

mb t

hro

ughout

the

boring a

ctiv

ity

□

Configuring t

he

rig f

or

trav

el

□

Park

ing t

he

rig

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a pili

ng r

ig –

drive

n b

elow

15

tonnes

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Car

ryin

g o

ut

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


153

Unit 39: Operating a Piling Rig – Driven Above 15 Tonnes


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for operating a driven piling rig to construct and form in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

A driven piling rig is used to drive piles into soil so that buildings and other structures can be supported. Such a rig can use different attachments for drilling depending on the work requirements. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a piling rig – driven above 15 tonnes. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to accurately drive piles and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in installing displacement piles and ensuring that they are plumb. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

15

4

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e re

ady

for

trav

el

□

Act

ions

required

for

trav

ellin

g o

ver

rough,

undula

ting

gro

und

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring,

posi

tionin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r drive

n w

ork

s

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

accu

rate

ly inst

allin

g d

ispla

cem

ent

pile

s to

com

ple

tion

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith s

ignal

s an

d inst

ruct

ions

□

Mai

nta

inin

g s

afe

work

ing s

ituat

ions

□

Lift

ing r

equirem

ents

and lim

itat

ions

usi

ng a

pili

ng r

ig

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a pili

ng r

ig

– d

rive

n a

bove

15

tonnes

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut-

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

De-

riggin

g,

load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

15

5

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks,

funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a an

d n

egotiat

ing r

estr

ictions

and

obst

acle

s

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring,

pre

par

ing a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

rig f

or

drive

n

work

s

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Inst

allin

g g

iven

dis

pla

cem

ent

pile

s to

the

giv

en s

pec

ific

atio

n

□

Ensu

ring t

he

bore

is

plu

mb t

hro

ughout

the

boring a

ctiv

ity

□

Configuring t

he

rig f

or

trav

el

□

Park

ing t

he

rig

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a pili

ng r

ig –

drive

n a

bove

15

tonnes

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Car

ryin

g o

ut

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


156

Unit 40: Operating a Piling Rig – Bored Below 15 Tonnes


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for operating a bored piling rig to construct and form in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

A piling rig is used to drill in various types of soil so that piles can be formed. It is generally used for foundation construction in buildings, bridges and so on. It can bore through dry or wet soil, and also through rock when an appropriate tool is attached. This category of rig is light and versatile and can be used over ground with low bearing capacity. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a piling rig – bored below 15 tonnes. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to accurately form piles and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in forming piles and ensuring that they are plumb. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

15

7

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e re

ady

for

trav

el

□

Act

ions

required

for

trav

ellin

g o

ver

rough,

undula

ting

gro

und

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring,

posi

tionin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r bore

d w

ork

s

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

accu

rate

ly f

orm

ing b

ore

d p

iles

to

com

ple

tion

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith s

ignal

s an

d inst

ruct

ions

□

Mai

nta

inin

g s

afe

work

ing s

ituat

ions

□

Lift

ing r

equirem

ents

and lim

itat

ions

usi

ng a

pili

ng r

ig

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a pili

ng r

ig

– b

ore

d b

elow

15

tonnes

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut-

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

De-

riggin

g,

load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

15

8

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks,

funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a an

d n

egotiat

ing r

estr

ictions

and

obst

acle

s

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring,

pre

par

ing a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

rig f

or

bore

d

work

s

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Form

ing b

ore

d p

iles

to s

pec

ific

atio

n

□

Ensu

ring t

he

bore

is

plu

mb t

hro

ughout

the

boring a

ctiv

ity

□

Configuring t

he

rig f

or

trav

el

□

Park

ing t

he

rig

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a pili

ng r

ig –

bore

d

bel

ow

15 t

onnes

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Car

ryin

g o

ut

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


159

Unit 41: Operating a Piling Rig – Bored Above 15 Tonnes


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for operating a bored piling rig to construct and form in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

A piling rig is used to drill in various types of soil so that piles can be formed. It is generally used for foundation construction in buildings, bridges, and so on. It can bore through dry or wet soil, and also through rock when an appropriate tool is attached. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a piling rig – bored above 15 tonnes. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to accurately form piles and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in forming piles and ensuring that these are plumb. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

16

0

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e re

ady

for

trav

el

□

Act

ions

required

for

trav

ellin

g o

ver

rough,

undula

ting

gro

und

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring,

posi

tionin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r bore

d w

ork

s

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

accu

rate

ly f

orm

ing b

ore

d p

iles

to

com

ple

tion

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith s

ignal

s an

d inst

ruct

ions

□

Mai

nta

inin

g s

afe

work

ing s

ituat

ions

□

Lift

ing r

equirem

ents

and lim

itat

ions

usi

ng a

pili

ng r

ig

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a pili

ng r

ig

– b

ore

d a

bove

15

tonnes

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut-

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

De-

riggin

g,

load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

16

1

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks,

funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a an

d n

egotiat

ing r

estr

ictions

and

obst

acle

s

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring,

pre

par

ing a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

rig f

or

bore

d

work

s

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Form

ing b

ore

d p

iles

to s

pec

ific

atio

n

□

Ensu

ring t

he

bore

is

plu

mb t

hro

ughout

the

boring a

ctiv

ity

□

Configuring t

he

rig f

or

trav

el

□

Park

ing t

he

rig

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a pili

ng r

ig –

bore

d

above

15 t

onnes

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Car

ryin

g o

ut

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


162

Unit 42: Operating an Agricultural Tractor


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating agricultural-based tractors for construction-related activities in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Agricultural tractors are versatile machines. Though they are used on farms for a range of agricultural tasks, they are also used extensively in construction works. A number of tools and implements can be attached to a tractor, including backhoe loaders and buckets. A tractor can also be used for moving a trailer, for construction, agricultural, or other purposes. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate an agricultural tractor. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to travel over rough terrain, inclines and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate an agricultural tractor and will be able to demonstrate competence in attaching, removing and travelling with mounted or power-driven implements. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

16

3

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

site

and h

ighw

ay t

rave

l

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

, w

ith a

nd w

ithout

mounte

d a

nd t

ow

ed im

ple

men

ts

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es,

with

and w

ithout

mounte

d a

nd t

ow

ed im

ple

men

ts

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

ow

ed im

ple

men

ts r

eady

for

work

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p m

ounte

d im

ple

men

ts r

eady

for

work

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p p

ower

tak

e-off d

rive

s re

ady

for

work

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

an

agricu

ltura

l tr

acto

r

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

oper

atin

g a

mounte

d o

r pow

er-d

rive

n

imple

men

t

□

Rem

ova

l an

d s

tora

ge

of

tow

ed a

nd m

ounte

d im

ple

men

ts

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

16

4

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a w

ith a

tra

iler

and m

ounte

d

imple

men

t, t

rave

lling u

p a

nd d

ow

n a

slo

pe

and o

ver

rough

terr

ain

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

an a

gricu

ltura

l tr

acto

r

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Posi

tionin

g,

pre

par

ing a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r al

l w

ork

act

ivitie

s

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

16

5

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Att

achin

g a

nd t

rave

lling w

ith t

he

trai

ler,

sto

ppin

g a

nd

rest

arting o

n a

n incl

ine

in t

he

up d

irec

tion,

carr

ying o

ut

shar

p lef

t an

d r

ight-

han

d t

urn

s an

d r

ever

sing into

a

rest

rict

ed s

pac

e; a

fter

com

ple

ting,

dis

connec

ting t

he

trai

ler

within

the

rest

rict

ed a

rea

□

Att

achin

g t

he

3-p

oin

t lin

kage

imple

men

t an

d c

arry

out;

af

ter

com

ple

ting,

dis

connec

t th

e im

ple

men

t

□

Connec

ting t

he

PTO

drive

n im

ple

men

t an

d r

unnin

g t

o f

ull

spee

d t

o e

nsu

re c

orr

ect

funct

ionin

g;

afte

r co

mple

ting,

det

achin

g t

he

PTO

drive

line

□

Leav

ing a

ll im

ple

men

ts,

trai

lers

and c

om

ponen

ts s

afe

and

secu

re

□

Park

ing t

he

trac

tor

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


166

Unit 43: Operating an Industrial Forklift Truck


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating industrial counterbalanced forklifts to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

As the name suggests, a forklift consists of two forks to lift and place loads into position. It is a mobile machine and can access hard-to-reach areas. Forklifts generally fall into two categories: industrial and rough terrain. Industrial forklifts are commonly used in warehouses and around loading docks. They have small tyres designed to run on paved surfaces and are usually powered by an electric motor or an internal combustion engine. Some smaller industrial forklifts are powered by an electric motor. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate an industrial forklift truck. This includes identifying components and understanding the requirements to lift and move loads, travel and manoeuvre through restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate an industrial forklift truck and will be able to demonstrate competence in lifting and placing various loads. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

16

7

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Act

ions

required

for

trav

ellin

g t

o a

nd m

anoeu

vrin

g in

rest

rict

ed s

pac

es (

with a

nd w

ithout

load

s)

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

lifting a

nd t

ransf

erring d

uties

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

lifting a

nd r

emovi

ng v

ario

us

load

s, u

p

to t

he

full

work

ing h

eight

of

the

fork

lift

□

Act

ions

required

for

tran

sfer

ring a

nd p

laci

ng load

s ac

cura

tely

at

giv

en loca

tions

□

Act

ions

required

for

pla

cing a

nd r

emovi

ng load

s fr

om

a

vehic

le

□

Act

ions

required

to m

ainta

in s

afe

and t

idy

work

ing a

reas

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

an

indust

rial

fork

lift

truck

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

16

8

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling in a

n u

nlo

aded

sta

te a

nd w

ith

load

, pas

sing t

hro

ugh a

chic

ane,

exe

cuting f

ull

right-

and

left

-han

d t

urn

s in

forw

ard a

nd r

ever

se d

irec

tion

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling w

ith load

, re

vers

ing in a

str

aight

line

and p

assi

ng t

hro

ugh a

res

tric

tion a

t th

e en

d o

f th

e ru

n

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

lifting a

nd t

ransf

erring d

uties

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Lift

ing a

nd p

laci

ng a

load

at

hig

h lev

el o

n/i

n a

st

ruct

ure

/sta

ck a

nd m

ovi

ng t

he

fork

lift

away

; re

trie

ving t

he

load

, lo

wer

ing t

o g

round lev

el a

nd p

laci

ng a

t a

giv

en p

oin

t

□

Lift

ing a

nd p

laci

ng 3

load

s onto

a t

ruck

bed

; af

ter

com

ple

ting,

rem

ovi

ng a

ll lo

ads

from

the

truck

bed

□

Sta

ckin

g 3

load

s ve

rtic

ally

on t

op o

f one

anoth

er;

afte

r co

mple

ting,

de-

stac

king a

ll 3 load

s an

d p

laci

ng a

longsi

de

each

oth

er in a

str

aight

line

□

Car

ryin

g o

ut

under

cutt

ing w

hen

lifting a

nd p

laci

ng a

load

□

Pla

cing a

ll lo

ads

on t

he

gro

und

□

Par

king t

he

fork

lift

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

an indust

rial

fo

rklif

t tr

uck

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


169

Unit 44: Operating a Reach Truck


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating reach trucks to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Lifting and moving loads is an important operation across a range of industrial sectors such as construction and logistics. Reach trucks are commonly used to lift and transport loads in tall shelving structures. Different varieties are available to suit a range of shelf depths. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a reach truck. This includes identifying components and carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a reach truck and will be able to demonstrate competence in picking, lifting and placing loads to and from designated areas. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

17

0

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r tr

avel

□

Act

ions

required

for

trav

ellin

g t

o a

nd m

anoeu

vrin

g in

rest

rict

ed s

pac

es (

with a

nd w

ithout

load

s)

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

lifting a

nd t

ransf

erring d

uties

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

lifting a

nd r

emovi

ng v

ario

us

load

s, u

p

to t

he

full

work

ing h

eight

□

Act

ions

required

for

tran

sfer

ring a

nd p

laci

ng load

s ac

cura

tely

at

giv

en loca

tions

□

Act

ions

required

for

pla

cing a

nd r

emovi

ng load

s fr

om

a

vehic

le

□

Act

ions

required

to m

ainta

in s

afe

and t

idy

work

ing a

reas

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a re

ach

truck

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

□

Rec

har

gin

g p

roce

dure

s

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

17

1

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

trav

el

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling in a

n u

nlo

aded

sta

te a

nd w

ith

load

, pas

sing t

hro

ugh a

chic

ane,

exe

cuting f

ull

right-

and

left

-han

d t

urn

s in

forw

ard a

nd r

ever

se d

irec

tion

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling w

ith load

, re

vers

ing in a

str

aight

line

and p

assi

ng t

hro

ugh a

res

tric

tion a

t th

e en

d o

f th

e ru

n

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r ea

ch lift

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a re

ach t

ruck

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Lift

ing a

nd p

laci

ng a

load

at

hig

h lev

el o

n/i

n a

st

ruct

ure

/sta

ck a

nd m

ovi

ng t

he

mac

hin

e aw

ay;

retr

ievi

ng

the

load

, lo

wer

ing t

o g

round lev

el a

nd p

laci

ng a

t a

giv

en

poin

t

□

Pick

ing a

nd p

laci

ng 3

load

s nex

t to

a g

iven

obje

ct o

r st

ruct

ure

□

Sta

ckin

g 3

load

s ve

rtic

ally

on t

op o

f one

anoth

er (

crea

ting a

3-h

igh load

sta

ck);

aft

er c

om

ple

ting,

de-

stac

king a

ll 3 load

s an

d p

laci

ng a

longsi

de

each

oth

er in a

str

aight

line

□

Car

ryin

g o

ut

under

cutt

ing w

hen

lifting a

nd p

laci

ng a

load

□

Pla

cing a

ll lo

ads

on t

he

gro

und

□

Par

king t

he

fork

lift

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

17

2

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Rec

har

gin

g p

roce

dure

s


173

Unit 45: Operating a Transporter Loader/ Securer STGO


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with knowledge and understanding of transporters (STGO) to enable them to carry out loader and securer duties in the movement of loads.

A transporter loader/securer is used for the transportation of plant items to and from a construction site, travelling on public highways. The loads they carry can be either Special Type General Order (STGO) or non-STGO. To put it simply, STGO is an abnormal load and is allowed under special conditions. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a transporter loader/securer STGO. This includes identifying components, understanding procedures to set up and configure for lifting and transporting duties and negotiating inclines and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a transporter loader/securer STGO and will be able to demonstrate competence in placing, guiding, securing and removing loads from the transporter. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

17

4

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks o

n t

he

tran

sport

er a

nd p

rim

e m

ove

r

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r si

te a

nd p

ublic

hig

hw

ay t

rave

l, load

ed a

nd u

nlo

aded

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a tr

ansp

ort

er

load

er/s

ecure

r STG

O

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prep

arin

g t

he

area

for

load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g d

uties

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r lif

ting a

nd

tran

sfer

ring d

uties

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

□

Arr

angin

g,

usi

ng a

nd c

om

ply

ing w

ith c

om

munic

atio

n

pro

cedure

s

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

17

5

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

load

ing o

r direc

ting a

nd p

osi

tionin

g

diffe

rent

item

s of

pla

nt

on a

nd o

ff a

tra

iler

□

Act

ions

required

for

arra

ngin

g,

secu

ring a

nd m

akin

g r

eady

item

s of

pla

nt

in p

repar

atio

n f

or

trav

el o

n t

he

public

hig

hw

ay

□

Legis

lative

req

uirem

ents

for

tran

sport

ing load

s on t

he

hig

hw

ay

□

Consi

der

atio

ns

required

when

pla

nnin

g a

route

on t

he

public

hig

hw

ay

□

Req

uirem

ents

when

under

taki

ng load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g o

n

the

public

hig

hw

ay

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Road

Tra

ffic

Act

req

uirem

ents

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks o

n t

he

tran

sport

er a

nd p

rim

e m

ove

r

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a tr

ansp

ort

er

load

er/s

ecure

r STG

O

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r si

te a

nd p

ublic

hig

hw

ay t

rave

l, load

ed a

nd u

nlo

aded

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g a

rea

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

17

6

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Posi

tionin

g,

pre

par

ing a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

tran

sport

er f

or

rece

ivin

g a

nd r

emovi

ng load

s

□

Est

ablis

hin

g t

he

com

munic

atio

n m

ethods

and load

ing

arra

ngem

ents

with t

he

pla

nt

oper

ator

(if

applic

able

)

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Pla

cing o

r guid

ing e

ach load

into

the

tran

sport

er b

ed

□

Posi

tionin

g a

nd s

ecuring a

ll lo

ads

in p

repar

atio

n f

or

trav

el

□

Rem

ovi

ng o

r guid

ing load

s fr

om

the

tran

sport

er

□

Sto

win

g a

ll eq

uip

men

t an

d r

eturn

ing t

he

tran

sport

er t

o t

he

par

k posi

tion

□

Park

ing t

he

tran

sport

er

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


177

Unit 46: Operating a Transporter Loader/ Securer non-STGO


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with knowledge and understanding of transporters (non-STGO) to enable them to carry out loader and securer duties in the movement of loads.

A transporter loader/securer is used for the transportation of plant items to and from a construction site, travelling on public highways. The loads these carry can be either Special Type General Order (STGO) or non-STGO. To put it simply, STGO is an abnormal load and is allowed under special conditions. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a transporter loader/securer non-STGO. This includes identifying components, understanding procedures to set up and configure for lifting and transporting duties and negotiating inclines and restricted spaces as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a transporter loader/securer non-STGO and will be able to demonstrate competence in placing, guiding, securing and removing loads from the transporter. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

17

8

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks o

n t

he

tran

sport

er a

nd p

rim

e m

ove

r

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r si

te a

nd p

ublic

hig

hw

ay t

rave

l, load

ed a

nd u

nlo

aded

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a tr

ansp

ort

er

load

er/s

ecure

r non-S

TG

O

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prep

arin

g t

he

area

for

load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g d

uties

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r lif

ting a

nd

tran

sfer

ring d

uties

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

□

Arr

angin

g,

usi

ng a

nd c

om

ply

ing w

ith c

om

munic

atio

n

pro

cedure

s

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

17

9

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

load

ing o

r direc

ting a

nd p

osi

tionin

g

diffe

rent

item

s of

pla

nt

on a

nd o

ff a

tra

iler

□

Act

ions

required

for

arra

ngin

g,

secu

ring a

nd m

akin

g r

eady

item

s of

pla

nt

in p

repar

atio

n f

or

trav

el o

n t

he

public

hig

hw

ay

□

Legis

lative

req

uirem

ents

for

tran

sport

ing load

s on t

he

hig

hw

ay

□

Consi

der

atio

ns

required

when

pla

nnin

g a

route

on t

he

public

hig

hw

ay

□

Req

uirem

ents

when

under

taki

ng load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g o

n

the

public

hig

hw

ay

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Road

Tra

ffic

Act

req

uirem

ents

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks o

n t

he

tran

sport

er a

nd p

rim

e m

ove

r

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a tr

ansp

ort

er

load

er/s

ecure

r non-S

TG

O

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r si

te a

nd p

ublic

hig

hw

ay t

rave

l, load

ed a

nd u

nlo

aded

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g a

rea

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

18

0

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Posi

tionin

g,

pre

par

ing a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

tran

sport

er f

or

rece

ivin

g a

nd r

emovi

ng load

s

□

Est

ablis

hin

g t

he

com

munic

atio

n m

ethods

and load

ing

arra

ngem

ents

with t

he

pla

nt

oper

ator

(if

applic

able

)

□

Oper

atin

g n

ear

haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd o

verh

ead

serv

ices

saf

ely

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Pla

cing o

r guid

ing e

ach load

into

the

tran

sport

er b

ed

□

Posi

tionin

g a

nd s

ecuring a

ll lo

ads

in p

repar

atio

n f

or

trav

el

□

Rem

ovi

ng o

r guid

ing load

s fr

om

the

tran

sport

er

□

Sto

win

g a

ll eq

uip

men

t an

d r

eturn

ing t

he

tran

sport

er t

o t

he

par

k posi

tion

□

Park

ing t

he

tran

sport

er

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


181

Unit 47: Operating a Loader Compressor


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating loader compressors to extract materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

As the name suggests, loader compressors are used to place materials in transporting vehicles and other receptacles. In addition to the loading function, pneumatic tools can be attached to carry out breaker tasks. This plant plays an important part in moving materials both within and outside construction sites and operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a loader compressor. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to travel over rough terrain, inclines and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a loader compressor, and will be able to demonstrate competence in loading a vehicle using materials from a stockpile and spread over an area, as well as in carrying out breaker tasks. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

18

2

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p m

achin

e fo

r si

te a

nd h

ighw

ay

trav

el

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round a

nd

leve

l su

rfac

es,

load

ed a

nd u

nlo

aded

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r lo

adin

g d

uties

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

pneu

mat

ic t

ool oper

atio

ns

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

pla

cing m

ater

ials

into

tra

nsp

ort

ing

vehic

les

and r

ecep

tacl

es

□

Proce

dure

s fo

r cl

earing s

pre

ad m

ater

ials

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a lo

ader

co

mpre

ssor

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

18

3

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r si

te a

nd

hig

hw

ay t

rave

l

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a an

d p

assi

ng t

hro

ugh a

re

strict

ion

□

Rev

ersi

ng t

he

mac

hin

e w

ith a

fully

-load

ed b

uck

et in a

st

raig

ht

line

for

a sp

ecifie

d d

ista

nce

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prep

arin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

load

er c

om

pre

ssor

for

the

rele

vant

work

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a lo

ader

co

mpre

ssor

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Load

ing t

he

vehic

le t

o c

apac

ity

usi

ng m

ater

ial fr

om

a

stock

pile

; af

ter

com

ple

ting,

re-d

eposi

t at

the

origin

al p

lace

an

d s

pre

ad t

he

mat

eria

l

□

Load

ing t

he

vehic

le t

o c

apac

ity

usi

ng t

he

spre

ad m

ater

ial;

af

ter

com

ple

ting,

dep

osi

t m

ater

ial at

the

stock

pile

□

Posi

tionin

g t

he

com

pre

ssor

at a

giv

en p

oin

t an

d p

repar

ing

the

bre

aker

for

work

; te

st r

unnin

g t

he

bre

aker

; af

ter

com

ple

ting,

det

achin

g t

he

bre

aker

fro

m t

he

com

pre

ssor

□

Cle

anin

g a

nd t

idyi

ng t

he

work

are

a

□

Sto

win

g a

ll eq

uip

men

t an

d p

repar

ing t

he

mac

hin

e re

ady

for

tran

sport

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

18

4

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


185

Unit 48: Operating a Soil/ Landfill Compactor


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit aim

This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating soil/landfill compactors to spread and compact materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.

Waste is compacted first within collection vehicles and later on at landfill sites. The primary aim is to reduce the amount of space that the waste occupies. Landfill compactors essentially perform two main tasks: spreading waste evenly and compacting waste to reduce its volume. They are similar to the ride-on rollers used in compaction operations. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.

The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a soil/landfill compactor. This includes identifying components and understanding the requirements to spread and compact waste materials, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a soil/landfill compactor and will be able to demonstrate competence in spreading a dumped load and forming a cover over it. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

18

6

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes,

ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a a

nd

un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

To p

ass

this

unit,

the

lear

ner

nee

ds

to d

emonst

rate

that

they

can

mee

t al

l th

e le

arnin

g o

utc

om

es f

or

the

unit.

The

asse

ssm

ent

criter

ia

det

erm

ine

the

stan

dar

d r

equired

to a

chie

ve t

he

unit.

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

repar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prin

cipal

com

ponen

ts,

contr

ols

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

and r

elev

ant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

, fu

nct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to d

rive

and

man

oeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p m

achin

e fo

r si

te t

rave

l

□

Pro

cedure

s fo

r tr

avel

ling o

ver

rough,

undula

ting g

round,

subst

antial

incl

ines

and lev

el s

urf

aces

□

Act

ions

required

for

man

oeu

vrin

g in r

estr

icte

d s

pac

es

1.3

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p f

or

spre

adin

g a

nd c

om

pac

ting

duties

□

Proce

dure

s to

dea

l w

ith h

azar

ds,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

tas

ks

□

Act

ions

required

for

spre

adin

g a

nd c

om

pac

ting v

ario

us

dis

char

ged

was

te-t

ype

mat

eria

ls t

o s

pec

ific

atio

n

□

Prin

ciple

s of

com

pac

tion a

nd t

he

requirem

ents

and

tech

niq

ues

of

was

te m

ater

ial co

mpac

tion

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

oper

ate

a so

il/la

ndfill

com

pac

tor

1.5

Exp

lain

how

to s

hut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s

□

Load

ing a

nd u

nlo

adin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r m

achin

e tr

ansp

ort

ing

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te S

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

18

7

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Un

it a

mp

lifi

cati

on

2.1

Pr

epar

e th

e m

achin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Com

ply

ing w

ith m

anufa

cture

r’s

requirem

ents

as

per

the

oper

ator’s

han

dbook,

oth

er t

ypes

of

info

rmat

ion a

nd

rele

vant

regula

tions

and leg

isla

tion

□

Pre-

use

chec

ks

□

Funct

ional

and o

per

atio

nal

chec

ks

2.2

D

rive

and m

anoeu

vre

the

mac

hin

e □

Configuring a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r si

te t

rave

l

□

Tra

velli

ng t

o t

he

work

are

a, u

p a

nd d

ow

n t

he

slope

(soil

com

pac

tor

only

), p

assi

ng t

hro

ugh a

res

tric

tion (

in f

orw

ard

and r

ever

se)

and t

rave

lling o

ver

rough t

erra

in

2.3

Set

up t

he

mac

hin

e fo

r w

ork

□

Prep

arin

g a

nd s

etting u

p t

he

com

pac

tor

for

rele

vant

work

ta

sks

□

Oper

atin

g m

achin

e nea

r haz

ards,

under

gro

und a

nd

ove

rhea

d s

ervi

ces

safe

ly

2.4

U

nder

take

the

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ta

sks

□

Spre

adin

g d

um

ped

load

s on t

he

slopin

g f

ace

(lan

dfill

com

pac

tors

) or

on a

lev

el a

rea

(soil

com

pac

tors

)

□

Form

ing a

cove

r ove

r th

e sp

read

mat

eria

l an

d lev

ellin

g

□

Park

ing t

he

com

pac

tor

2

Be

able

to o

per

ate

a so

il/la

ndfill

com

pac

tor

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

mac

hin

e □

Shut

dow

n,

isola

tion a

nd s

ecuring p

roce

dure

s


188

12 Further information and useful publications

For further information about the qualification featured in this specification, or other Edexcel qualifications, please call Customer Services on 0844 576 0026 (calls may monitored for quality and training purposes) or visit our website (www.edexcel.com).

Related information and publications include:

Equality Policy

Information Manual (updated annually)

Reasonable Adjustment and Special Considerations for BTEC and Edexcel NVQ Qualifications

Recognition of Prior Learning Policy

Quality Assurance Handbook (updated annually).

Publications on the quality assurance of BTEC qualifications are available on our website at www.edexcel.com/quals/BTEC/quality/Pages/documents.aspx.

Our publications catalogue lists all the material available to support our qualifications. To access the catalogue and order publications, please go to www.edexcel.com/resources/publications/home.aspx.


http://www.edexcel.com/quals/BTEC/quality/Pages/documents.aspx�

http://www.edexcel.com/resources/publications/home.aspx�


189

13 Professional development and training

Edexcel supports UK and international customers with training related to BTEC qualifications. This support is available through a choice of training options offered in our published training directory or through customised training at your centre.

The support we offer focuses on a range of issues including:

planning for the delivery of a new programme

planning for assessment and grading

developing effective assignments

building your team and teamwork skills

developing student-centred learning and teaching approaches

building functional skills into your programme

building in effective and efficient quality assurance systems.

The national programme of training we offer is on our website www.edexcel.com/training. You can request customised training through the website or by contacting one of our advisers in the Training from Edexcel team via Customer Services to discuss your training needs.

Our customer service numbers are:

BTEC and NVQ 0844 576 0026

GCSE 0844 576 0027

GCE 0844 576 0025

The Diploma 0844 576 0028

DiDA and other qualifications 0844 576 0031

Edexcel may monitor calls for quality and training purposes.

The training we provide:

is practical – ideas are developed and applied

is designed to be supportive and thought provoking

builds on best practice.

Seb220212\LT\PD\Specialist quals\BA030035 BTEC Level 2 Construction Plant Operations (QCF).doc.1-199/1

http://www.edexcel.com/resources/training/Pages/home.aspx�

BA030035 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 C

ertifica

te s

pec

ialis

t qual

ific

atio

n in

Const

ruct

ion P

lant

Oper

atio

ns

– I

ssue

1 –

Feb

ruar

y 2012 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2012

19

0

An

nexe A

Pro

gre

ssio

n o

pp

ort

un

itie

s

Thes

e ar

e ex

ample

s of

pro

gre

ssio

n o

ppor

tunitie

s to

oth

er E

dex

cel qual

ific

atio

ns

within

the

const

ruct

ion s

ecto

r.

Level

Gen

era

l q

uali

fica

tio

ns

(GC

SEs,

GC

Es)

B

TEC

Fir

sts/

Nati

on

als

/

Hig

her

Nati

on

als

B

TEC

Sp

eci

ali

st/

P

rofe

ssio

nal q

uali

fica

tio

ns

NV

Q/

com

pete

nce

-base

d

qu

ali

fica

tio

ns

5

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

5 H

ND

D

iplo

ma

in C

onst

ruct

ion a

nd

the

Built

Envi

ronm

ent

(QCF)

4

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

4 H

NC

Dip

lom

a in

Const

ruct

ion a

nd

the

Built

Envi

ronm

ent

(QCF)

W

e hav

e to

o m

any

qual

ific

atio

ns

to lis

t in

this

sp

ace.

Ple

ase

go t

o

ww

w.e

dex

cel.co

m f

or

furt

her

in

form

atio

n.

3

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

3

Cer

tifica

te,

Subsi

dia

ry

Dip

lom

a, D

iplo

ma

and

Ext

ended

Dip

lom

a in

Const

ruct

ion a

nd t

he

Built

Envi

ronm

ent

(QCF)

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

3 A

war

d,

Ext

ended

Cer

tifica

te a

nd

Dip

lom

a in

Const

ruct

ion a

nd

the

Built

Envi

ronm

ent

We

hav

e to

o m

any

qual

ific

atio

ns

to lis

t in

this

sp

ace.

Ple

ase

go t

o

ww

w.e

dex

cel.co

m f

or

furt

her

in

form

atio

n.

2

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2

Cer

tifica

te,

Ext

ended

Cer

tifica

te a

nd D

iplo

ma

in

Const

ruct

ion (

QCF)

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 A

war

d,

Cer

tifica

te a

nd E

xten

ded

Cer

tifica

te in C

onst

ruct

ion a

nd

the

Built

Envi

ronm

ent

(Cra

ft)

and C

onst

ruct

ion a

nd t

he

Built

Envi

ronm

ent

(Tec

hnic

ian)

We

hav

e to

o m

any

qual

ific

atio

ns

to lis

t in

this

sp

ace.

Ple

ase

go t

o

ww

w.e

dex

cel.co

m f

or

furt

her

in

form

atio

n.
















Publications Code BA030035 February 2012 For more information on Edexcel and BTEC qualifications please visit our website: www.edexcel.com BTEC is a registered trademark of Pearson Education Limited Pearson Education Limited. Registered in England and Wales No. 872828 Registered Office: Edinburgh Gate, Harlow, Essex CM20 2JE. VAT Reg No GB 278 537121


edexcel btec level 2 certificate in construction … btec level 2 certificate in construction plant...

Documents